Toyota OM42A00U
User Manual: Toyota 2014 Toyota RAV4 EV Owners Manual Pdf | Owner's Manual Pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 521 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
1Before driving Information on the EV system, adjusting and operating
features such as door locks, mirrors, and steering col-
umn.
2When driving Driving, stopping and safe-driving information.
3Interior
features Air conditioning, as well as other interior features for a
comfortable driving experience.
4Maintenance
and care Cleaning and protecting your vehicle, performing do-it-
yourself maintenance, and maintenance information.
5When trouble
arises What to do if the vehicle needs to be towed, gets a flat
tire, or is involved in an accident.
6Vehicle
specifications Detailed vehicle information.
7For owners Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners
Index Alphabetical listing of information contained in this
manual.
TABLE OF CONTENTS Index
2
1-1. EV system
Characteristics of the EV
(Electric Vehicle) system.... 26
EV (Electric Vehicle)
system precautions ............ 32
Energy monitor/
consumption screen........... 38
EV (Electric Vehicle)
driving tips.......................... 41
1-2. Navigation system screen
operations
Navigation system screen
operations .......................... 44
1-3. Charging
Charging equipment............. 46
Power sources that can
be used .............................. 50
Charging and pre-climate
(Remote Climate Control)
procedures ......................... 53
When normal charging
cannot be carried out ......... 88
Inspecting the charging
cable .................................. 92
1-4. Key information
Keys ..................................... 94
1-5. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Smart key system................. 96
Wireless remote control...... 108
Side doors .......................... 110
Back door ........................... 113
1-6. Adjustable components
(seats, mirrors,
steering wheel)
Front seats.......................... 118
Rear seats .......................... 121
Head restraints ................... 127
Seat belts............................ 131
Steering wheel.................... 140
Anti-glare inside rear
view mirror........................ 141
Outside rear view mirrors ... 143
1-7. Opening and closing the
windows
Power windows................... 146
1-8. Theft deterrent system
Immobilizer system............. 149
Theft prevention labels ....... 151
1-9. Safety information
Correct driving posture ....... 152
SRS airbags ....................... 154
Front passenger occupant
classification system......... 166
Child restraint systems ....... 172
Installing child restraints ..... 176
1Before driving
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
3
2-1. Driving procedures
Driving the vehicle............... 190
Power switch....................... 200
Transmission....................... 206
Turn signal lever ................. 215
Parking brake...................... 216
Horn .................................... 217
2-2. Instrument cluster
Gauges and meters ............ 218
Indicators and warning
lights ................................. 223
Multi-information display ..... 227
2-3. Operating the lights and
wipers
Headlight switch.................. 234
Windshield wipers and
washer .............................. 238
Rear window wiper and
washer .............................. 241
2-4. Using other driving
systems
Cruise control...................... 243
Rear view monitor
system .............................. 247
Driving assist systems ........ 251
Hill-start assist control......... 256
2-5. Driving information
Utility vehicle
precautions....................... 258
Cargo and luggage............. 263
Vehicle load limits............... 267
Winter driving tips............... 268
Trailer towing...................... 273
Dinghy towing..................... 274
3-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger
Automatic air
conditioning system.......... 276
Rear window and outside
rear view mirror
defoggers ......................... 292
3-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list ................. 293
• Personal/interior light
main switch ...................... 294
• Personal/interior lights...... 294
• Interior light ...................... 295
• Luggage compartment
light................................... 295
3-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features....... 296
• Glove box......................... 297
• Console box ..................... 298
• Cup holders...................... 299
• Bottle holders ................... 300
• Auxiliary boxes ................. 302
2When driving
3Interior features
TABLE OF CONTENTS Index
4
3-4. Other interior features
Sun visors .......................... 304
Vanity mirrors ..................... 305
Power outlets ..................... 306
Seat heaters....................... 310
Armrest............................... 313
Coat hooks......................... 314
Assist grips......................... 315
Floor mat............................ 316
Luggage compartment
features ............................ 317
Garage door opener........... 320
Safety Connect................... 326
4-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior........... 334
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior............ 337
4-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements .................... 340
General maintenance......... 342
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions....................... 346
Hood................................... 349
Positioning a floor jack........ 351
Motor compartment ............ 355
Tires.................................... 366
Tire inflation pressure......... 374
Wheels................................ 378
Air conditioning filter ........... 381
Electronic key battery ......... 383
Checking and replacing
fuses................................. 385
Headlight aim...................... 398
Light bulbs .......................... 400
5-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers............ 412
If your vehicle needs to
be towed........................... 413
If you think something
is wrong ............................ 416
4Maintenance and care
5When trouble arises
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
5
5-2. Steps to take in an
emergency
If a warning light turns
on or a warning buzzer
sounds... .......................... 417
If a warning message is
displayed........................... 427
If you have a flat tire............ 447
If the EV (Electric Vehicle)
system will not start .......... 465
If you lose your keys ........... 467
If the electronic key does
not operate properly.......... 468
If the vehicle 12-volt
battery is discharged......... 470
If your vehicle overheats..... 475
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ................................. 477
If your vehicle has to
be stopped in an
emergency........................ 479
6-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fluid capacity, etc.)........... 482
Tire information................... 489
6-2. Customization
Customizable features ........ 500
6-3. Initialization
Items to initialize ................. 503
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners ................ 506
Abbreviation list........................ 508
Alphabetical index .................... 509
What to do if... .......................... 518
6Vehicle specifications
7For owners
Index
7
Tires
●Rotation
●Inflation pressure
●Information
P. 366
P. 488
P. 489
Back door
P. 113
Stop/tail and rear side marker
lights
Rear turn signal lights
P. 234
P. 215
Rear window wiper
P. 241
License plate lights
P. 234
Side doors
P. 110
Rear window defogger
P. 292
Charging indicator
P. 59, 419
Charging port door
P. 46, 59
8
Glove box
P. 297
Front seats
P. 118
SRS side airbags
P. 154
SRS driver airbag
P. 154
Console box
P. 298
Interior
Pictorial index
Floor mat
P. 316
Seat belts
P. 131
Rear seats
P. 121
Auxiliary box
P. 302
SRS front passenger
airbag
P. 154
Head restraints
P. 127
Power window switches
P. 146
Bottle holders
P. 300
Cup holders
P. 299
12
Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever
P. 140
Headlight switch
Turn signal lever
P. 234
P. 215
Windshield wiper and washer switch
Rear window wiper and washer switch
P. 238
P. 241
Charging port door
opener
P. 59
Emergency flasher switch
P. 412
Pictorial index Instrument panel
Gauges and meters
P. 218
Audio system*
Navigation system*
Hood release lever
P. 349
Horn
P. 217
18
For your information
Main Owner’s Manual
Please note that this manual covers all models and all equipment, including
options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipment not
installed on your vehicle.
All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing.
However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we
reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Depending on specifications, the vehicle shown in the illustrations may differ
from your vehicle in terms of equipment.
Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota
A wide variety of non-genuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota
vehicles are currently available on the market. You should know that these
parts are not covered by Toyota warranty and that Toyota is not responsible
for their performance, repair, or replacement, or for any damage they may
cause to, or adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.
This vehicle should not be modified with non-genuine Toyota products.
Modification with non-genuine Toyota products may affect performance,
safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In
addition, damage or performance problems resulting from the modification
may not be covered under warranty.
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
The installation of a mobile two-way radio system in your vehicle could affect
electronic systems such as:
●Cruise control system
●Anti-lock brake system
●SRS airbag system
●Seat belt pretensioner system
Be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or spe-
cial instructions regarding installation of a mobile two-way radio system.
19
Vehicle data recordings
Your Toyota is equipped with several sophisticated computers that will record
certain data, such as:
• Electric motor speed (traction motor speed)
• Accelerator status
• Brake status
• Vehicle speed
• Shift position
• Traction battery status
The recorded data varies according to the vehicle grade level and options
with which it is equipped. Furthermore, these computers do not record con-
versations, sounds or pictures.
●Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in these computers to diagnose malfunc-
tions, conduct research and development, and improve quality.
Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except:
• With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee if
the vehicle is leased
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a govern-
ment agency
• For use by Toyota in a law suit
• For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or
vehicle owner
●Usage of data collected through Safety Connect
If your Toyota has Safety Connect and if you have subscribed to those ser-
vices, please refer to the Safety Connect Telematics Subscription Service
Agreement for information on data collected and its usage.
20
Event data recorder
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main pur-
pose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed
to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fas-
tened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake
pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situ-
ation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving condi-
tions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired
during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access
to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer,
other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can
read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
21
●Disclosure of the EDR data
Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a third party except
when:
• An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the lessee for a leased vehicle)
is obtained
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a govern-
ment agency
• For use by Toyota in a law suit
However, if necessary, Toyota may:
• Use the data for research on vehicle safety performance
• Disclose the data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing
information about the specific vehicle or vehicle owner
Scrapping of your Toyota
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain
explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt
pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be
sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner
removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by your Toyota
dealer before you scrap your vehicle. Additionally, the lithium-ion battery
(traction battery) may cause an accident such as a fire if it is not removed
prior to scrapping. The lithium-ion battery can be disposed of at your Toyota
dealer.
Perchlorate Material
Special handling may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate. These compo-
nents may include airbag, seat belt pretensioners, and wireless remote con-
trol batteries.
22
CAUTION
■General precautions while driving
Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influ-
ence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to operate your vehi-
cle. Alcohol and certain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and
reduce coordination, which could lead to an accident that could result in
death or serious injury.
Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other
drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents.
Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Anything that dis-
tracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or
reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you,
your occupants or others.
■General precaution regarding children’s safety
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows, the moon roof, or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat
build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to
children.
■Traction battery
Never resell, hand over or modify the traction battery. To prevent accidents,
traction batteries that have been removed from a disposed vehicle are col-
lected through Toyota dealers. Do not dispose of the battery yourself.
Unless the battery is properly collected, the following may occur, resulting in
death or serious injury:
●The traction battery may be illegally disposed of or dumped, and someone
may touch a high voltage part, resulting in an electric shock.
●The traction battery is intended to be used exclusively with your EV. If the
traction battery is used outside of your vehicle or modified in any way, acci-
dents such as electric shock, heat generation, smoke generation, an
explosion and electrolyte leakage may occur.
If the traction battery is resold or handed over to a third party, the possibility
of an accident is extremely high because the person receiving the traction
battery may not be aware of these dangers.
23
CAUTION
■Disposal of the traction battery
If your vehicle is disposed of without the traction battery having been
removed, there is a danger of serious electric shock if high voltage parts,
cables and their connectors are touched. In the event that your vehicle must
be disposed of, the traction battery must be disposed of by your Toyota
dealer or a qualified service shop. If the traction battery is not disposed of
properly, it may cause electric shock that can result in death or serious injury.
24
Symbols used throughout this manual
Cautions & Notices
Symbols used in illustrations
CAUTION
This is a warning against anything which may cause death or injury to people if
the warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must or must not do
in order to reduce the risk of injury to yourself and others.
NOTICE
This is a warning against anything which may cause damage to the vehicle or
its equipment if the warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must
or must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk of damage to your Toyota
and its equipment.
Safety symbol
The symbol of a circle with a slash through it means “Do not”, “Do
not do this”, or “Do not let this happen”.
Arrows indicating operations
Indicates the action (pushing, turning,
etc.) used to operate switches and other
devices.
Indicates the outcome of an operation
(e.g. a lid opens).
Before driving 1
25
1-1. EV system
Characteristics of the EV
(Electric Vehicle)
system ............................. 26
EV (Electric Vehicle)
system precautions.......... 32
Energy monitor/
consumption screen......... 38
EV (Electric Vehicle)
driving tips........................ 41
1-2. Navigation system screen
operations
Navigation system screen
operations........................ 44
1-3. Charging
Charging equipment........... 46
Power sources that can
be used............................ 50
Charging and pre-climate
(Remote Climate Control)
procedures....................... 53
When normal charging
cannot be carried out....... 88
Inspecting the charging
cable ................................ 92
1-4. Key information
Keys................................... 94
1-5. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Smart key system .............. 96
Wireless remote control ... 108
Side doors........................ 110
Back door......................... 113
1-6. Adjustable components
(seats, mirrors,
steering wheel)
Front seats....................... 118
Rear seats........................ 121
Head restraints................. 127
Seat belts......................... 131
Steering wheel ................. 140
Anti-glare inside rear
view mirror ..................... 141
Outside rear view
mirrors............................ 143
1-7. Opening and closing
the windows
Power windows................ 146
1-8. Theft deterrent system
Immobilizer system .......... 149
Theft prevention labels..... 151
1-9. Safety information
Correct driving posture..... 152
SRS airbags..................... 154
Front passenger occupant
classification system ...... 166
Child restraint systems..... 172
Installing child
restraints ........................ 176
26
1-1. EV system
Characteristics of the EV (Electric Vehicle) system
The RAV4 EV is considerably different from a conventional vehicle.
Instead of using gasoline, the vehicle is driven using electricity in
the rechargeable traction battery to power the electric motor. This
technology is clean and has a low impact on the environment by not
emitting exhaust such as CO2 or NOx during operation.
The illustration is an example for explanation purposes only and
may vary from the actual vehicle.
Electric motor (traction motor)
Traction battery
Provides electricity to the electric motor and air conditioning system.
12-volt battery
Provides electricity to various vehicle functions such as the audio sys-
tem, wipers, headlights and so forth.
27
1-1. EV system
1
Before driving
Vehicle Proximity Notification System
A sound is produced while driving to warn pedestrians, people riding
bicycles or other people and vehicles in the surrounding area that
the vehicle is approaching. The pitch of the sound adjusts according
to vehicle speed. When vehicle speed is approximately 16 mph (25
km/h) or more, the warning system turns off.
■Charging
The RAV4 EV is driven using electricity, received from an exter-
nal power source, that is stored in the traction battery. Not only
public charging stations, but also household electrical recepta-
cles can be used for charging. Procedures are different from
refueling a conventional vehicle. Therefore, make sure to read
the following thoroughly.
●Charging equipment (P. 46)
●Power sources that can be used (P. 50)
●How to charge your vehicle and set the pre-climate schedule
(P. 53)
●When normal charging cannot be carried out (P. 88)
●Inspecting the charging cable (P. 92)
■When braking (regenerative braking)
The electric motor (traction motor) charges the traction battery.
The driving range can be extended by actively using this regen-
erative braking to store electricity in the traction battery.
28
1-1. EV system
“Range map” screen
The driving area possible on the current charge level can be dis-
played as a reference. Charge stations in the surrounding area of the
current position can also be displayed. Press the “HOME” button, and
then touch “EV” followed by “Range Map” on the screen to display
the range map screen.
No. Name Function
Current position Touch to return to the current position if the
map has been scrolled.
Range circle Shows the driving range based on the cur-
rent charge level.
Charge station Shows the charge stations around the cur-
rent position.
Zoom in button Touch to magnify the map scale.
Zoom out button Touch to reduce the map scale.
“Round Trip”
Touch to display the driving range for a
round trip. (Displayed when route guidance
is not being used.)
29
1-1. EV system
1
Before driving
For details on ions that are displayed during route guidance, refer to “Map
Screen” or “Starting Route Guidance” in the “Navigation System Owner’s
Manual”.
“One Way”
Touch to display the driving range for a one-
way trip. (Displayed when route guidance is
not being used.)
“Climate Setting”
Displays the driving range with the current
air conditioning settings and with the air
conditioning turned off.
Reachable Desti-
nation Guidance
When a destination is set, or when Home is
registered, displays an estimation of
whether the destination can be reached on
the amount of charge remaining in the trac-
tion battery.
For details refer to the “Navigation System
Owner's Manual”.
No. Name Function
■Regenerative braking
During deceleration, kinetic energy from the vehicle is stored in the traction
battery for later use. This occurs while driving in D or B position when:
●The acceleration pedal is released
●The brake pedal is applied
■12-volt battery recharging
The traction battery automatically recharges the 12-volt battery when the EV
system is ON or while the traction battery is being charged from an electrical
receptacle.
If the vehicle is not used for one month or more, there is a possibility the 12-
volt battery may discharge. If this occurs, follow the correction procedures.
(P. 470)
■When not using the vehicle for an extended period of time
P. 81
30
1-1. EV system
■Charging
Be sure you maintain the traction battery charge level for your driving needs.
If the traction battery fully discharges, the vehicle cannot be driven at all.
Even when driving, keep early charging in mind. (P. 53) If the amount of
charge remaining in the traction battery becomes low, search for a charging
station using the navigation system*.
* For details, refer to the “Navigation System Owner's Manual”.
■Driving Range
Based on the amount of charge remaining in the traction battery, the air-con-
ditioning system mode and so forth, the calculated driving range is displayed
on the meter.
Depending on driving speed, road surface conditions, method of air-condi-
tioning use, and so forth, the actual driving distance may increase or
decrease. Keep early charging in mind.
■Noise and vibrations specific to an electric vehicle
Because an electric vehicle does not have the engine noise or vibrations
that a conventional vehicle has, the driver may not notice that the ready indi-
cator is illuminated and the vehicle is in a drivable condition. For safety rea-
sons, always shift the shift position to P and apply the parking brake when
parking the vehicle.
After starting the EV system, the following noises and vibrations may occur.
These noises and/or vibrations are not signs of a malfunction. For example:
●Motor sounds coming from the motor compartment.
●Electrical relay sounds may be heard from the traction battery when the
EV system starts or stops.
●Sounds may be heard from the transmission and its surrounding area
when the EV system starts or stops.
●Sounds may be heard due to regenerative braking when you depress the
brake pedal or release the accelerator pedal.
●Motor sounds may be heard when accelerating suddenly.
●Operational and motor sounds may be heard when the brake pedal is
depressed.
●The electric cooling fans in the front of the vehicle may be heard.
●Air conditioning operation sounds may be heard.
31
1-1. EV system
1
Before driving
■If the amount of charge remaining in the traction battery becomes low
P. 53
■Vehicle Proximity Notification System
In the following cases, the Vehicle Proximity Notification System sound may
be difficult for pedestrians, people riding bicycles or other people and vehi-
cles in the surrounding area to hear:
●When there is a lot of noise in the vicinity
●When it is raining or during strong winds
●When in the area surrounding the rear of the vehicle, rather than in front
of the vehicle
■Maintenance, Repair and Disposal
Contact your Toyota dealer regarding maintenance, repair and disposal.
When disposing of your vehicle, traction batteries are collected through
Toyota dealers, and as such we appreciate your cooperation.
32
1-1. EV system
EV (Electric Vehicle) system precautions
The illustration is an example for explanation purposes only and may
vary from the actual vehicle.
Cabin coolant heater
High voltage cables (orange)
Air conditioning compressor
DC/DC converter
Service plug
Charging port
Traction battery
Charger
Electric motor (traction
motor)
Please do not attempt to disassemble or service the EV system, as it
contains high voltage (nearly 400 V), as well as parts that become
extremely hot when the EV system is operating. Obey the caution
labels attached to the vehicle.
33
1-1. EV system
1
Before driving
Emergency shut off system
When a certain level of impact is detected by the impact sensor, the
emergency shut off system turns off the EV system and blocks off the
high voltage current. If the emergency shut off system activates, your
vehicle will not restart. To restart the EV system, contact your Toyota
dealer.
Warning message
A message is automatically displayed when a malfunction occurs in
the EV system or an improper operation is attempted.
If a warning message is shown
on the multi-information display,
read the message and follow the
instructions. (P. 427)
34
1-1. EV system
■If a warning light comes on, a warning message is displayed, or the 12-
volt battery has been disconnected
The EV system may not start. In that case, try to start the system again. If
the “READY” indicator does not come on, contact your Toyota dealer.
■Electromagnetic waves
●High voltage parts and cables on electric vehicles incorporate electro-
magnetic shielding, and therefore emit approximately the same amount
of electromagnetic waves as conventional gasoline powered vehicles or
home electronic appliances.
●Your vehicle may cause sound interference in some third party-produced
radio parts.
■Traction battery (Lithium-ion battery)
The traction battery has a limited service life.
The traction battery capacity (the ability to store energy) reduces with time
and use in the same way as other rechargeable batteries. The extent at
which capacity reduces changes drastically depending on the environment
(ambient temperature, etc.) and usage conditions, such as how the vehicle
is driven and how the traction battery is charged. This is a natural character-
istic of lithium-ion batteries, and is not a malfunction. In order to reduce the
possibility of the capacity decreasing, follow the directions listed on P. 80,
“Capacity reduction of the traction battery”.
35
1-1. EV system
1
Before driving
CAUTION
■High voltage precautions
The vehicle has high voltage DC and AC systems as well as a 12-volt sys-
tem. DC and AC high voltage systems are very dangerous and can cause
severe burns and electric shock that may result in death or serious injury.
●Never touch, disassemble, remove or replace the high voltage parts,
cables or their connectors.
●The EV system will become hot after starting as the system uses high volt-
age. Be careful of both the high voltage and the high temperature, and
always obey the caution labels attached to the vehicle.
●Never try to open the service plug
access hole located under the front
passenger seat. The service plug is
used only when the vehicle is serviced
and is subject to high voltage.
36
1-1. EV system
CAUTION
■Road accident cautions
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of death or serious
injury:
●Stop the vehicle in a safe place, apply the parking brake while depressing
the brake pedal, shift the shift position to P and turn the EV system off.
Then gradually release the brake pedal.
●Do not touch the high voltage parts, cables or connectors.
●If electric wires are exposed inside or outside your vehicle, an electric
shock may occur. Never touch exposed electric wires.
●Do not touch the traction battery if liquid is leaking from or adhering to it.
If electrolyte (Organic Carbonate-based electrolyte) from the traction bat-
tery comes into contact with the eyes or skin, it could cause blindness or
skin wounds. In the unlikely event that it comes into contact with the eyes
or skin, wash it off immediately with a large amount of water, and seek
immediate medical attention.
●If electrolyte is leaking from the traction battery, do not approach the vehi-
cle.
Even in the unlikely event that the traction battery is damaged, the internal
construction of the battery will prevent a large amount of electrolyte from
leaking out. However, any electrolyte that does leak out will give off acidic
fumes. These fumes are an irritant to skin and eyes and could cause acute
poisoning if inhaled.
●Do not bring burning or high-temperature items close to the electrolyte.
The electrolyte may ignite and cause a fire.
●If a fire occurs in the electric vehicle, leave the vehicle as soon as possi-
ble. Never use a fire extinguisher that is not meant for electrical fires.
Using even a small amount of water may be dangerous.
●If your vehicle needs to be towed, do so with the front wheels raised. If the
wheels connected to the electric motor (traction motor) are on the ground
when towing, the motor may continue to generate electricity. This may
cause an electricity leakage leading to a fire. (P. 413)
37
1-1. EV system
1
Before driving
CAUTION
●Carefully check to see if there are exposed high voltage parts or cables.
Never touch the parts or cables. (P. 32)
●Carefully inspect the ground under the vehicle. If you find that liquid (other
than water from the air conditioning) has leaked onto the ground, the trac-
tion battery may have been damaged. Leave the vehicle as soon as possi-
ble.
■Traction battery (lithium-ion battery) replacement and disposal
Do not replace, dispose of, modify, or reuse the traction battery and do not
use it for anything other than its intended use. Contact your Toyota dealer for
replacement or disposal.
If the traction battery is replaced, disposed of, modified or reused in an
improper way, or if the traction battery is used in a way it is not intended for,
there is a risk of severe burns and electrical shock that may result in death or
serious injury.
Also, improper handling of the traction battery can lead to environmental
hazards.
■Caution while driving
The RAV4 EV does not make the sounds that a gasoline vehicle makes. As
such, pedestrians, people riding bicycles or other people and vehicles in the
surrounding area may not be aware of the vehicle starting off or approaching
them, so take extra care while driving.
38
1-1. EV system
Energy monitor/consumption screen
Trip Information screen/Past record screen
Press the HOME button.
Touch “EV” on the “Main Menu”
screen.
Touch “Energy Monitor” on the
“EV” screen.
You can view the status of your EV system on the navigation system.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
39
1-1. EV system
1
Before driving
■Trip information screen
Power consumption in the
past 15 minutes
Displays the average vehicle
speed since the EV system
was started.
Displays the elapsed time
since the EV system was
started.
Regenerated energy in the
past 15 minutes
One symbol indicates 50 Wh.
Up to 5 symbols are shown.
Displays an estimated cruising
range
Reset the power consumption
and the regenerated energy
for the past 15 minutes.
Selecting “Yes” on the follow-
ing screen will confirm reset-
ting of all the data.
The image is an example only, and may vary slightly from actual conditions.
40
1-1. EV system
■Past record screen
Best past power consumption
Update
The average power consumption
and graph are updated, and a
new average power consumption
record begins.
Average power consumption
Displays a maximum of five past
records of the average power
consumption.
Reset the past records and
best past power consumption.
Selecting “Yes” on the following
screen will confirm resetting of all
the data.
The image is an example only, and may vary slightly from actual conditions.
41
1
1-1. EV system
Before driving
EV (Electric Vehicle) driving tips
Observe the following to reduce traction battery consumption and
increase driving range.
■Driving in normal mode:
Normal mode (when compared with sport mode) allows the most effi-
cient driving. (P. 208)
■Route selection
In addition to a driving style of repeated acceleration and deceleration,
driving on routes that have steep inclines and long waits at traffic lights
will lead to poor power consumption. Check traffic reports before leav-
ing, avoid delays and drive on flat roads as much as possible. When
encountering a delay, gently release the brake pedal to allow the vehi-
cle to move forward slightly while avoiding overuse of the accelerator
pedal. Doing so can help control excessive energy consumption.
■Use of EV System Indicator
Keeping the EV System Indicator needle within ECO area can help
improve Eco-friendly driving. (P. 221)
■When braking the vehicle
Make sure to operate the brakes gently and in good time. A greater
amount of electrical energy can be retained when slowing down.
■Highway driving
Control your speed, keep at a constant speed and obey speed limits.
Also, before stopping at a toll booth or similar, allow plenty of time to
release the accelerator and slowly stop the vehicle using regenerative
braking and the brake pedal. A greater amount of electrical energy can
be retained while slowing down.
42
1-1. EV system
■Air conditioning system
Use the air conditioning only when necessary. Doing so can help con-
trol excessive energy consumption. Even when the air conditioning is
on, driving range can be extended by setting it to “ECO LO” or “ECO
HI”, or by turning the A/C off. (P. 276) If pre-climate (Remote Climate
Control) is operated before departure when the vehicle is plugged in,
depending on air-conditioning specifications, traction battery power
consumption can be reduced. (P. 53)
Additionally, keep in mind the following during heavy air conditioning
use in summer and winter.
In summer: In high temperatures, use the recirculated mode. Doing so
can help control excessive power consumption.
In winter: By combining use with the seat heater, the set temperature
for the heater can be reduced. This can increase power efficiency.
■Checking tire inflation pressure
Make sure to check the tire inflation pressure frequently. Improper tire
inflation pressure can cause poor power consumption.
Also, as snow tires can cause large amounts of friction, their use on dry
roads can lead to poor power consumption. Use a tire that is appropri-
ate for the season.
■Luggage
Carrying luggage can lead to poor power consumption. Avoid carrying
unnecessary luggage. Installing a roof rack can also cause poor power
consumption.
43
1-1. EV system
1
Before driving
■Sport mode
When sport mode is selected, acceleration performance is maximized, and
maximum speed is increased but vehicle efficiency and driving range may
be reduced. (P. 208)
Every time the vehicle is turned on, normal mode will automatically be
selected. If sport mode is desired, it must be selected manually.
■Pre-driving warm-up
When the charging schedule is set
According to departure time, traction battery warm-up is performed
automatically. Therefore, the vehicle can be driven immediately.
(P. 203)
When the charging schedule is not set
If the traction battery’s available power becomes too low (due to tem-
perature or charge level), a warning message will be shown on the
multi-information display. Until battery warm-up is completed, the EV
system may not be able to be started or power output may be limited
while driving. Follow the correction procedures. (P. 427)
44
1-2. Navigation system screen operations
Navigation system screen operations
■Main operations
*: The above operations may not be performed on all screens.
Operation method Outline Main use
Touch
Quickly touch
and release
once.
Changing and
selecting various
settings.
Double tap*
Quickly touch
and release
twice.
Changing the map
scale.
Drag*
Touch the screen
with your finger,
and move the
screen to the
desired position.
Moving around the
map, adjusting
audio volume, etc.
Flick*
Quickly move the
screen left or
right by flicking
with your finger.
Moving around the
map, skipping to
the next page of a
list, etc.
Operations are performed by touching the navigation system screen
directly with your finger.
45
1-2. Navigation system screen operations
1
Before driving
■Navigation system screen operations
In the following conditions, operations may not be performed despite touch-
ing the screen. Also, take care because they may cause incorrect opera-
tions.
●When wearing gloves
●When operations are performed with your fingernails
●When operations are performed while foreign matter is stuck to the
screen
●When operations are performed using 2 fingers or more
●When operations are performed with a wet finger
NOTICE
■When using the navigation system screen
The screen is designed to be touched softly. Do not press the screen with
sharp objects such as fingernails, the ends of ballpoint pens and pins. Doing
so may damage the screen.
46
1-3. Charging
Charging equipment
This vehicle is charged by connecting to an external power source.
■Charging equipment
Charging cable
Charging port door
Charging port cap
Charging port
Charging indicator
47
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
■The names of each part of the charging cable
*: The shape of the plug differs in accordance with the voltage and
the target region.
Charging connector
Latch release button
CCID (Charging Circuit Inter-
rupting Device)
Plug*
Power indicator
Error warning indicator
Test button
Reset button
48
1-3. Charging
Safety functions
The CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device) has the following
safety features.
■Electrical leakage detection function
If an electrical leakage is detected during charging, the power
source will be automatically interrupted, thus preventing fires or
electrical shocks caused by electrical leakage.
If the power source is interrupted, the error warning indicator will illumi-
nate.
If the power source is interrupted: P. 91
■Electrical leakage test function
The electrical leakage detection function can be tested prior to
charging to confirm that it is operating correctly.
When the test button is pressed while the plug is connected to an exter-
nal power source, the error warning indicator should illuminate. (P. 59)
■Conditions for supplying current to the vehicle
The CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device) is designed to
prevent electrical current from being supplied to the charging con-
nector when it is not connected to the vehicle, even if the plug is
inserted into an electrical receptacle.
■Charging method
●The charging cable included with the vehicle is designed to be connected
only to an AC 120 V power source.
●Toyota strongly recommends that the vehicle be charged using a 240 V
charging station that is compliant with SAE J1772. This offers a faster
charge time than 120 V (level 1) charging. If you would like more informa-
tion on obtaining 240 V (level 2) charging in your home, please consult the
Toyota dealer from whom you purchased your RAV4 EV, any other dealer-
ship authorized to sell the RAV4 EV or visit http://toyota.leviton.com/. For
more information regarding public charging stations, please refer to the
“Navigation System Owner's Manual” regarding Charging Station POI or
Apps.
49
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
CAUTION
■When using the charging cable and CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupt-
ing Device)
Observe the following precautions.
If you do not follow them, fire, electrical shock or damage may occur, possi-
bly resulting in death or serious injury
●Do not attempt to disassemble or repair the charging cable, charging con-
nector, plug or CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device). If a problem
arises with the charging cable or the CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting
Device), stop charging immediately and contact your Toyota dealer.
●Do not subject the charging cable, charging connector, plug or CCID
(Charging Circuit Interrupting Device) to strong force or impact.
●Do not forcefully fold the charging cable or damage the charging cable
with sharp objects.
●Do not insert foreign objects into the charging connector or plug.
●Do hold the body of the charging connector or plug when removing or
inserting.
●Remove the charging connector from vehicle’s charging port FIRST,
before removing the plug from the electrical receptacle.
●Avoid exposure of plug to water or moisture.
●Do not attempt to modify the charging cable, charging connector, plug or
CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device).
50
1-3. Charging
Power sources that can be used
A charging solution that fulfills the following criteria is necessary for
charging this vehicle. Confirm that the criteria is met before charg-
ing.
■Power sources
●Connect the charging plug cable to an AC 120 V electrical
receptacle (NEMA 5-15R or NEMA 5-20R) with a Ground-
Fault Circuit-Interrupter (GFCI) and with an over current cir-
cuit breaker in the service panel.
●Toyota recommends use of a dedicated receptacle with a sin-
gle socket. If the receptacle has two sockets, do not plug any
other items into the other socket.
●This vehicle is expected to charge at public charging stations
that are compliant with SAE J1772. The navigation system
can show you a list of nearby public charging stations. Please
refer to the “Navigation System Owner's Manual” regarding
Charging Station POI or Apps for more information.
●When charging outdoors, make sure to connect to a raintight
electrical receptacle type that is appropriate for outdoor use.
■Electrical receptacles that can be connected
NEMA 5-15R electrical
receptacle
NEMA 5-20R electrical
receptacle
The illustration is an example
shown for demonstration pur-
poses, and may differ from the
actual configuration.
51
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
■The charging environment
For safer charging, the following charging equipment and settings are rec-
ommended.
●Weatherproof electrical receptacle
When charging outside using the Toyota-provided charging cable, con-
nect to an appropriate outdoor receptacle with a “while-in-use” cover.
●Dedicated circuit
• To reduce the risk of fire, connect only to a circuit provided with 15A or
20A maximum branch circuit over-current protection in accordance
with the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.
• To reduce the risk of electric shock when working with the plug, con-
nect to an electrical receptacle with a Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter
(GFCI) or that has an Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker installed.
■Using a DC charger
DC charging equipment cannot be used with this vehicle.
CAUTION
■Electrical Malfunctions
When charging the vehicle, make sure you observe the precautions included
in this manual.
Failure to do so or using a power source that does not meet the necessary
conditions can cause a fire, from electrical leakage or overheating, or elec-
tric shock that may result in death or serious injury.
52
1-3. Charging
CAUTION
■Power sources precautions
Observe the following precautions.
If you do not follow them, fire, electrical shock or damage may occur, possi-
bly resulting in death or serious injury.
●Connect to an AC 120 V electrical receptacle (NEMA 5-15R or NEMA 5-
20R) with a Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter (GFCI) and with an over cur-
rent circuit breaker in a service panel.
●Do not perform charging with a damaged electrical receptacle.
●Do not connect the charging cable to a
multi-outlet adapter, multi-plugs, or con-
version plug.
●Do not connect the charging cable to an
extension cable. The cable may over-
heat and does not contain a Ground-
Fault Circuit-Interrupter (GFCI).
●Do not connect to a power strip.
53
1
1-3. Charging
Before driving
Charging and pre-climate (Remote Climate Control) procedures
On the RAV4 EV, setting the charge and pre-climate (Remote Climate
Control) schedule is performed on the navigation system's screen. A
variety of settings are available including charging and pre-climate
operations according to departure time. After thoroughly reading the
following instructions, make sure to correctly follow the procedures
when charging your vehicle.
■Charging and pre-climate (Remote Climate Control)
Depending on the settings of the following functions, this vehicle
does not start charging by simply just plugging in the charging
cable.
Set any of the following functions before or after charging.
System Details
Charging
Charge immediately function
Regardless of the charging schedule settings,
starts charging immediately. (P. 64)
However, when this function is used, pre-cli-
mate schedule operations cannot be per-
formed simultaneously.
Scheduled charging function
The time when charging is to be completed by
can be set for each day of the week. (P. 66)
Even when the schedule is set, the charge
immediately function can be selected if the EV
system is off. (P. 64)
After the immediate charge is complete, the
schedule will be returned to.
If the schedule is not set for any days of the
week, the charge immediately function will be
automatically selected.
54
1-3. Charging
*: By using a smart phone, pre-climate operations and so forth can
be performed from a distant location. (P. 58)
■Important things to check before charging and pre-climate
operations (Remote Climate Control)
Before charging and pre-climate operations, always check that:
●The parking brake is securely set (P. 216)
●The shift position is in P (P. 206)
●All windows and doors are closed
●The motor compartment hood is securely closed
If the hood is open the electric cooling fans will not operate, raising
the temperature of the charger and traction battery. This may
increase charging time or cause charging to be aborted.
●All lights are turned off (For example, the headlights, emer-
gency flashers, interior lights, etc.)
If any lights are turned on, then these features will consume electric-
ity, and charging time will increase.
System Details
Pre-climate
(Remote Climate
Control)*
The time when pre-climate operations are to be
completed by can be set for each day of the
week.
Cabin temperature is adjusted before depar-
ture by performing climate control operations,
thereby reducing traction battery consumption
after departure. If these operations are per-
formed while the vehicle is plugged in, the
traction battery's power consumption is
reduced, increasing driving range. (P. 66)
If the amount of charge remaining in the trac-
tion battery is 50% or less at the time pre-cli-
mate operations begin, pre-climate operations
will not be performed in order to preserve driv-
ing range.
55
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
■Items to be regularly inspected
P. 92
■By My Departure Schedule Setting
When the EV system is turned off, the screen changes to the
charging and pre-climate settings screen. If no operations are
performed for approximately 30 seconds, the screen turns off.
The actual screen may vary slightly, depending on settings.
56
1-3. Charging
Function Details
Charge start
Displays the time that charging
started (if charging is in progress or
complete) or will start (if charging
schedule is set).
Battery charge amount
Displays the current amount of
charge remaining in the traction bat-
tery.
Charge complete schedule
Displays the schedule when charging
will be completed according to volt-
age.
Charge immediately button Sets the immediate charge function
on/off.
Next departure schedule
Displays the currently set next depar-
ture schedule and charge/pre-cli-
mate settings.
Departure schedule Edit
button
Edits and sets the next departure
schedule and charge/pre-climate
schedule.
Extended charge mode
setting button Sets extended charge mode on/off.
57
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
■Charge and Pre-Climate Schedule Setting Screen
The actual screen may vary slightly, depending on settings.
Function Details
Set departure time dial Set the desired time and day by flick-
ing up or down.
Charge Only Button To finish charging before the set
departure time.
Pre-Climate Only Button To finish pre-climate operations
before the set departure time.
Charge and Pre-Climate
Button
To finish both charging and pre-cli-
mate operations before the set
departure time.
Add/Edit/Delete Button
To add, edit or delete items in the
schedule that were set using screen
buttons to .
58
1-3. Charging
■Charge mode
The RAV4 EV has the following 2 charge modes.
After understanding the characteristics of each mode, select the
appropriate mode according to usage instructions.
*: This value is only a reference value, for a traction battery without
any capacity deterioration. Depending on conditions such as air-
conditioning system usage, road conditions, years of usage and
so forth, the value may increase or decrease.
■Linked smart phone function
For drivers who own a smart phone and have an active Entune
subscription, several features are available to remotely interact
with your vehicle.
For details, please refer to http://www.toyota.com/entune/ or call
1-800-331-4331
Charge
mode
Charge
amount* Details
Normal
charge
mode
Approxi-
mately
80%
A mode that combines maximizing vehicle
performance and traction battery life.
Toyota recommends charging using this
mode whenever long distance driving is
not necessary.
Extended
charge
mode
(P. 72)
Approxi-
mately
100%
A mode that maximizes driving range on a
single charge. Continued use of this mode
may contribute to the reduction of the trac-
tion battery capacity over the vehicle life.
59
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
Plugging in the charging cable
Prepare the charging cable
Insert the charging cable’s plug
into the electrical receptacle of
the external power source.
Make sure that the standards of
the electrical receptacle and
charging cable's plug match.
(P. 50)
Check that the power indicator of
the CCID (Charging Circuit Inter-
rupting Device) is illuminated. (If it
does not illuminate, refer to the
text on page 88.)
To reduce the burden on the elec-
trical receptacle and charging
cable plug, Toyota recommends
hanging the CCID (Charging Cir-
cuit Interrupting Device) on a
hook or similar.
When charging outdoors, make
sure to use a “while-in-use” cover
as shown in the illustration.
*: “While-in-use” cover.
STEP
1
STEP
2
*
60
1-3. Charging
Press the test button on the
CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupt-
ing Device) to check that the
electrical leakage detection func-
tion operates properly.
If the error warning indicator illu-
minates when the test button is
pressed, the function is operating
correctly.
After the test has been com-
pleted, press the reset button to
turn off the error warning indica-
tor. Charging cannot be carried
out while the error warning indica-
tor is illuminated.
If the error warning indicator does
not come on even if the test but-
ton is pressed, it is likely that the
function is not operating correctly.
Stop charging immediately and
contact your Toyota dealer.
Pull up the charging port door
lever.
STEP
3
STEP
4
61
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
Unlock the charging port cap by
moving the lock.
Remove the charging connector
cap.
Affix the cap to the cable.
STEP
5
STEP
6
62
1-3. Charging
Confirm the charging cable con-
nector’s direction and insert it
into the charging port.
When inserting the connector,
insert it without pressing the latch
release button.
Align with the guide position
shown on the underside of the
charging connector with the
charging port, and push it in
straight and firmly until a click is
heard. Then, confirm that the con-
nector is securely locked.
When plugging in has been com-
pleted correctly, the plug-in indi-
cator on the meter comes on in
green. If there has been a prob-
lem with plugging in, the plug-in
indicator comes on in yellow.
(P. 419)
If the schedule is not set for any
days of the week or the charge
immediately function is selected,
charging will begin by simply
plugging in the charging cable.
If the EV system is on when the
vehicle is plugged in, the READY
indicator will automatically turn off
and a message will be shown on
the multi-information display.
(P. 443)
STEP
7
63
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
Check the status of the charging indicator.
The charging indicator consists of 2 lights that display charging status
by illuminating, flashing and turning off as follows.
The indicator lights will not flash or turn on when the charging cable is
not connected properly.
During charging, current charging status and the estimated time until
charging will be completed can be confirmed on the multi-information dis-
play or navigation display. (P. 74)
The error warning indicator of the CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting
Device) has illuminated during charging: P. 88
Charging Status Charging Indicator
Light A Light B
The charging cable is con-
nected to the vehicle and the
charging and/or pre-climate
schedule is set
Lights A and B flash on and off alter-
natively for 10 minutes.
(After 10 min. both lights remain off
until charging starts)
Charge level is less than 49% Flashes Off
Charge level is between 50%
and less than 99% Illuminates Flashes
Charging is complete
Both lights A and B illuminate for 10
minutes. (After 10 min. both lights
turn off)
Malfunction occurred during
charging
Both lights A and B quickly flash
simultaneously for 10 seconds.
(After 10 sec. both lights turn off)
STEP
8
Light A Light B
64
1-3. Charging
Charging immediately
■Charging using the Charge Immediately function
Turn the EV system off.
The charge settings screen will be displayed. If no operations are
performed for approximately 30 seconds, the screen turns off.
When the charging schedule is not set or charging immediately
has been set while the EV system was on.
When this screen is displayed,
proceed to step 3.
To change charging mode to normal/extended charge mode:
P. 72
When the charging schedule is set.
Touch “Charge Immediately”.
After operations have been com-
pleted, the “Charge Immediately”
screen button indicator illumi-
nates.
This mode is a one time immedi-
ate charge. Once the charge is
complete, the schedule will be
returned to.
To change charging mode to normal/extended charge mode:
P. 72
To set the schedule to charge the vehicle and/or to use the pre-
climate: P. 66
Plug in the charging cable. (P. 59)
Charging will start.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
2
STEP
3
65
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
■Setting charge mode to charge immediately in advance
Touch “EV”.
Touch “Charging & Pre-Climate
Setup”.
Touch or flick the screen
to the right to display the
“Charge Immediately on Plug-in”
screen.
If schedule is not set:
This step is skipped.
Touch “Save”.
If “Save” is not touched, the
changes will not be reflected in
the charging schedule.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
66
1-3. Charging
A screen advising that charge
mode has been changed to
immediate charge is displayed.
The EV screen is returned to
after a few seconds.
Turn the EV system off.
The charge settings screen will be displayed for approximately 30
seconds.
To change charging mode to normal/extended charge mode:
P. 72
Plug in the charging cable (P. 59)
Charging will start.
The estimated time charging will be completed in is displayed if an
immediate charge is performed.
Start charging according to departure time and the set pre-
climate completion time
■Setting the charging and pre-climate schedule in advance
Touch “EV”.
STEP
4
STEP
5
STEP
6
STEP
1
67
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
Touch “Charging & Pre-Climate
Setup”.
Touch or flick the screen
to the left to display the “By My
Departure Schedule” screen.
If schedule is set:
This step is skipped.
Touch “Schedule Setup”.
Touch the desired day to be set.
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
68
1-3. Charging
Flick the schedule to the desired
time for charging and/or pre-cli-
mate to be completed. Touch the
action to be completed by the set
time.
Charge only schedule setting
Pre-climate only schedule set-
ting
Charging and pre-climate
schedule setting
Up to 3 actions can be set for a
single day by touching “Add”.
To delete the set action, touch
“Delete”.
Two actions cannot be set to the
same time.
After settings have been com-
pleted, touch twice to
return to the “By My Departure
Schedule”.
STEP
5
STEP
6
69
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
Touch “Save”.
If “Save” is not touched, the
changes will not be reflected in
the charging schedule.
When the charging schedule is only set for some days of the
week.
If “Keep My Schedule” is
touched, setting the charging
schedule will be completed and
the display will return to the EV
screen.
Touch “Return to Schedule
Setup” to set the charging
schedule for additional days.
When the charging schedule is set for each day of the week.
A screen advising settings have
been completed is displayed.
The display will return to the EV
screen after a few seconds.
STEP
7
STEP
8
STEP
8
70
1-3. Charging
■Adjusting the charge schedule's next departure after the
schedule has been set (One time departure)
In order to use this function, it is necessary to set the schedule
beforehand. (P. 66)
Turn the EV system off.
The charge settings screen will be displayed. If no operations are
performed for approximately 30 seconds, the screen turns off.
Touch “Edit”.
Touch “Yes”.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
71
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
Flick the schedule to the desired
day and time for charging and/or
pre-climate to be completed.
Touch the action to be completed
by the set day and time.
Charge only schedule setting
Pre-climate only schedule set-
ting
Charging and pre-climate
schedule setting
Touch “Save” to start the selected
action.
To cancel, touch .
The set schedule will be displayed.
To change the set action or schedule, return to step 2.
To change charging mode to normal/extended charge mode:
P. 72
To charge immediately: P. 64
Plug in the charging cable. (P. 59)
STEP
4
STEP
5
STEP
6
72
1-3. Charging
Changing to normal/extended charge mode
Turn the EV system off.
The screen will change to the charging schedule screen. The screen
will turn off after approximately 30 seconds if no operations are per-
formed. Depending on “Charging & Pre-Climate Setup” settings, the
displayed screen will differ.
When the vehicle is in extended charge mode, an extended charge
reminder is displayed on the screen for a few seconds.
Touch “Extended Charge”.
The current charge mode can be
confirmed by checking the indica-
tor on the “Extended Charge”.
Illuminated:
Extended charge mode
Not illuminated:
Normal charge mode
To normal charge mode
The indicator will turn off, showing that the vehicle is in normal
charge mode.
To extended charge mode
Touch “Yes” if it is desired to
change to extended charge
mode after reading the contents
of the confirmation screen.
If “No” is touched, or there are no
operations for a few seconds, the
previous screen will be returned
to.
When settings are completed, the indicator illuminates.
STEP
1
STEP
2
Indicator
STEP
3
STEP
3
STEP
4
73
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
Unplugging the charging cable
Pull the charging connector
towards you while pressing the
latch release button.
If the charging connector is dis-
connected during charging (while
the charging indicator indicates
the vehicle is being charged),
charging will be interrupted.
Attach the charging connector
cap.
Close the charging port cap, and
then close the charging port
door.
Firmly push the charging port cap
and charging port door, and
check that they are securely
locked.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
74
1-3. Charging
Remove the plug from the elec-
trical receptacle when the charg-
ing equipment will not be used
for a prolonged period of time.
Hold the body of the plug when
removing.
Make sure to put the cable away
immediately after disconnecting.
(P. 87)
When leaving the plug inserted,
inspect the plug and connector
once a month to check if dirt or
dust has accumulated.
Contents shown on the multi-information display
A variety of information regarding charging is shown on the multi-
information display.
■Results of Charging and Pre-climate Display
When charging/pre-climate operations are being performed or after
they have finished, the following information is displayed according
to vehicle conditions when the driver’s door is opened for approxi-
mately 30 seconds or until the “POWER” switch is turned to ON
mode.
STEP
4
75
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
*: If pre-climate operations are performed using a smart phone, this will not
be displayed even if the driver’s door is opened. (P. 58)
In the following conditions, only the plug connection information will
be displayed:
●When the “POWER” switch is turned to ON mode after charging/
pre-climate operations.
●When the charging/pre-climate schedule is not set.
If pre-climate operations are performed using a smart phone, pre-climate
result will be displayed. (P. 58)
Setting and changing the schedule (P. 66)
Name Details
Plug connection information Displays if plug is currently plugged
in or not.
Current charging status Displays current charging status.
Estimated charging time
Displays both 120 V and 240 V esti-
mated charging times.
When the plug is plugged in, only the
voltage of the connected receptacle
is displayed.
Pre-climate result
Displays result of pre-climate opera-
tions (if they were completed or inter-
rupted and so forth).
Departure time*
Displays scheduled departure time
pre-climate operations were per-
formed for.
76
1-3. Charging
■Charging information and warning messages
The first time the “POWER”
switch is turned to ON mode
after charging is completed, a
message detailing the results of
the charge is shown. Also, if an
operation that cannot be carried
out during charging was
attempted, a warning message
will be shown.
Comply with the instructions in
the message and perform any
necessary operations. (P. 443)
Confirming current charge settings
The amount of charge remaining in the traction battery and charging/
pre-climate schedule settings can be confirmed.
Touch “EV”.
Touch “Charge Summary”.
STEP
1
STEP
2
77
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
When the charging schedule is not set or charging immediately
has been set while the EV system was on.
Confirm that charge immediately
mode is set.
When the charging schedule is set.
Confirm the next charging/pre-
climate schedule.
If it is desirable to charge before
the next scheduled charge, use
one time departure.
Touch “Edit”.
Touch “Yes”.
Changing the charging schedule.
For details on changing the
charging schedule, refer to Step 2
of one time departure. (P. 70)
STEP
3
STEP
3
STEP
4
78
1-3. Charging
■When leaving the vehicle
To prevent vehicle theft and to increase the efficiency of pre-climate opera-
tion, check that all windows are closed.
■Amount of time required for charging
The amount of time required to fully charge the traction battery varies
according to a number of factors, such as the amount of charge remaining in
the traction battery, the power source being used, the charge settings, ambi-
ent temperature, battery temperature and so forth.
Only use the following times as a guide to estimate charging time. The esti-
mated times are to fully charge a completely discharged battery in normal
charge mode or extended charge mode.
*1: Charging time will vary with ambient temperature.
*2: Toyota supplied charging cable at time of purchase
Because a 240 V power source charges more quickly than a 120 V power
source, Toyota recommends charging at 240 V.
■Automatic OFF function when the charging cable is connected
If the charging cable is connected while the EV system is on, the EV system
is automatically turned off.
■Default charge mode setting
The factory default setting is normal charge mode.
■Charge mode setting
The charge mode will remain in the last charge mode selected for the next
time charging is performed.
Charge specification
(Amps/Voltage)
Charging time*1 (hours)
Normal charge mode Extended charge
mode
40 A/240 V 5 6
30 A/240 V 6.5 8
16 A/240 V 12 15
12 A/120 V*244 52
79
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
■During charging
●The surface of the CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device) may
become hot, but this does not indicate a malfunction.
●Depending on radio wave conditions, interference may be heard on the
radio.
■If charging has been interrupted
If charging is interrupted before the traction battery is fully charged (before
both charging indicator lights illuminate), the EV system cannot be started
and the shift position cannot be shifted from P for approximately 6 seconds.
Start the EV system after 6 seconds have elapsed.
■Charging time may increase
In the following situations, charging time may become longer than normal:
●In very hot or very cold temperatures.
●The vehicle is consuming a lot of electricity, for example, when pre-cli-
mate is used.
●There is a power outage during charging.
●There is an interruption in the electrical supply.
●There is a drop in the voltage of your panel’s AC supply.
●The charge in the 12-volt battery is low, for example due to the vehicle
being left unused for a long period of time.
80
1-3. Charging
■Capacity reduction of the traction battery
The capacity of the traction battery will decline gradually with normal use
over the life of the vehicle. The rate at which it declines is dependant on a
number of factors, including environmental conditions and the way the vehi-
cle is used. By observing the following precautions, battery capacity decline
can be suppressed.
●Avoid parking the vehicle for prolonged periods in areas with a high tem-
perature under direct sunlight when the traction battery is fully charged.
When storing the vehicle for prolonged periods, it is recommended to
park the vehicle in a shaded area or a cool garage. This helps minimize
traction battery capacity decline.
●When not driving long distances, it is recommended to charge using nor-
mal charge mode to help minimize traction battery capacity decline.
(P. 58, 72)
●Regular use of the scheduled charging function helps mitigate battery
capacity decline by avoiding storage at high SOC.
81
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
■When not using the vehicle for an extended period of time
In order to preserve the traction battery, Toyota recommends plugging in the
vehicle whenever it is not in use.
Pre-climate operations will occur while the amount of charge remaining in
the traction battery is more than 50% at the time pre-climate operations
begin. If the schedule is left set, pre-climate operations will continue to func-
tion up to the maximum of 15 minutes even if the vehicle is not used for
extended periods of time. Because this uses energy from the traction bat-
tery, temporarily suspend the pre-climate schedule (smart phone exclusive
setting P. 58) or delete the pre-climate schedule, if the vehicle is not being
regularly used.
When using navigation screen operations, only canceling the schedule is
available. Because the schedule will need to be set once again when it is
used next time, Toyota recommends using a smart phone and temporarily
suspending the schedule.
■If the amount of charge remaining in the traction battery becomes low
while driving
The driving power restriction output control warning light illuminates and
driving range is extended by automatically restricting driving power and air
conditioning system operations. Using the navigation system, promptly
search for the closest charging station and charge the vehicle. If the traction
battery fully discharges, driving will not be possible.
For information on how to search for a charging station, refer to the “Naviga-
tion System Owner's Manual”.
■Charging schedule confirmation display after switching the EV system
off
The current charging schedule will be displayed for a while after the EV sys-
tem is turned off. To change the charging schedule, set the schedule using
the navigation system’s screen. (P. 64, 70)
■If the charging port door is frozen
P. 268
82
1-3. Charging
■Pre-climate operations automatic shut-off
Pre-climate will automatically shut off under the following conditions:
●After about 15 minutes have passed since operations began
●If any one of the operating conditions are not met
●If there is only a slight difference between the air conditioning set temper-
ature and the inside temperature.
●When a door is opened.
■While pre-climate is operating
●The effectiveness of the pre-climate operations may differ according to
outside temperature. Pre-climate operations may be unable to reach the
set temperature during very cold or very hot weather.
●Sometimes during normal operation of the pre-climate schedule, the
electric fan may spin and an operating noise may be heard. However,
this does not indicate a malfunction.
■Safety functions
●For safety purposes, the EV system cannot be started while the charging
cable is connected to the vehicle, even if the “POWER” switch is oper-
ated. (P. 443)
●If the charging cable is connected while the “READY” indicator light is
illuminated, the EV system will stop automatically and driving will not be
possible. (P. 443)
●When the charging cable is connected to the vehicle, the shift position
cannot be shifted out of P.
●For safety reasons, even if the charging cable is connected, charging will
not start while the latch release button is being pressed.
However, if the latch release button is pressed and held for a few seconds or
more while charging, charging will be canceled. To recommence charging,
reinsert the charging cable.
83
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
■If charging has not been carried out in a long time
The charging port cap's lever may get stuck and not open automatically
even if the knob is moved. If this occurs, push aside the release button and
open the cap by hand.
■When the outside temperature is low or high
The level shown on the SOC gauge (P. 218) may drop slightly when the
“POWER” switch is turned to ON mode, even if charging has been com-
pleted and the traction battery is fully charged. However, this does not indi-
cate a malfunction.
■Charging in extremely cold temperatures
If the vehicle is parked in ambient temperatures below freezing, 240 V
charging is recommended.
If only a 120 V outlet is available, the following will improve your charge pro-
cess:
●Charge at mid-day (when it is warmest)
●Protect the vehicle from wind during charging.
If the vehicle is still too cold to charge, please contact your Toyota dealership
or tow it to a warmer charging location.
■Handling the traction battery
P. 22
84
1-3. Charging
CAUTION
■Caution while charging
People with implantable cardiac pacemakers or cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers should keep away from the charging equipment and/or
charging cables while the vehicle is charging.
Charging may affect the operation of such devices.
■When charging
●When charging the vehicle, make sure you observe the following precau-
tions. Failure to do so can cause a fire or electric shock that may result in
death or serious injury.
• Check that the electrical receptacle, charging cable and charging port
do not have any damage.
• Check that charging cable plug's prongs are not bent.
• Check that the charging cable plug prongs are not dirty from dust and
so forth.
• Insert the charging cable plug all the way into the electrical receptacle.
• Do not use an electrical receptacle that leaves the charging cable plug
unstable after being inserted, such as an electrical receptacle that is in
an extremely high location.
• Do not perform charging with the charging cable bundled or coiled.
• Check that the charging cable is not bent or underneath any heavy
objects.
• Use a hook or mounting bracket to support the charging cable, so that
it is not supported by the AC 120 V electrical receptacle.
• Use a dedicated AC 120 V electrical receptacle (NEMA 5-15R or
NEMA 5-20R).
85
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
CAUTION
●When charging the vehicle, make sure you observe the following precau-
tions. Failure to do so can cause an electric shock that may result in death
or serious injury.
• Check that the electrical receptacle, charging cable and charging port
do not have any areas that are damaged.
• Check that there is no snow or ice in the charging port
• Check that no water has built up in the charging port
• Do not plug in or unplug the charging cable plug with wet hands. Also,
do not get the charging cable plug or electrical receptacle wet.
• Do not touch the charging connector's end terminals or short them with
foreign objects.
• When the charging cable is not in use, store it in a location free from
moisture.
• Do not pull, twist or bend the charging cable.
• Do not touch the charging port’s end terminals with sharp metallic
objects, such as wire, needles, and so forth.
• When charging outdoors, make sure to connect to an appropriate out-
door receptacle with a “While-in-use” cover.
Also, if rain falls during charging, take care that rainwater does not run
along the length of cable and wet the electrical receptacle.
• If the electrical receptacle is submerged in water or covered in snow,
do not insert the charging cable’s plug. If, in this situation, the charging
cable plug is already plugged in and needs to be unplugged, first turn
off the breaker and then unplug the charging cable plug.
• To stop vehicle charging or if charging has been interrupted, discon-
nect the charging connector from the vehicle first, before unplugging
the charging cable plug form the receptacle.
• Do not charge the vehicle during weather that may produce lightning.
• If you hear thunder while charging the vehicle, turn the breaker off with-
out touching the vehicle or charging cable.
86
1-3. Charging
CAUTION
■Precautions for the pre-climate
Do not use pre-climate if people are in the vehicle.
Even when pre-climate is used, the temperature inside the vehicle may
become very high or very low due to features such as the automatic shut-off.
Do not leave children and/or pets inside the vehicle.
●When in the sun, the temperature inside a vehicle with all its windows
closed may rise rapidly, possibly causing heat stroke or dehydration.
●When in cold weather, the temperature inside the vehicle may drop rapidly,
possibly causing hypothermia.
Both of the above cases can lead to a serious health hazard or even death.
■Handling the traction battery
No part of the traction battery can be repaired by you or a non-Toyota techni-
cian. Never open the traction battery or perform any modifications to it. If you
find a malfunction with the battery, always contact your Toyota dealer.
■If the error warning indicator on the CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupt-
ing Device) stays on during charging
Press the reset button on the CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device)
(P. 91). If the error warning indicator does not turn off even when the reset
button is pressed, an electrical leakage may be occurring in the path to the
power source, or there may be a problem with the charging cable or the
charging system. In this event, stop charging immediately, remove the
charging cable and contact your Toyota dealer. An accident may occur or
damage may be inflicted if charging continues.
■When the charging cable is connected to the vehicle
Do not operate the shift lever.
In the unlikely event that the charging cable has been damaged, the shift
position may change from P to another position and the vehicle could move,
possibly leading to an accident.
87
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
NOTICE
■After charging
●After disconnecting the charging connector from the charging port, always
make sure to firmly lock the charging port cap by closing it until a click is
heard, and close the charging port door.
If the charging port cap or door is left open, water or foreign objects may
enter the charging port, which could lead to vehicle damage.
●Promptly unplug the charging cable plug from the electrical receptacle and
store the charging cable in a dry, clean place. The charging cable may be
damaged if stepped on.
■Using private power generators
Do not use private power generators as a power source for charging.
Doing so may make charging unsafe.
■Usable temperature range
●Do not charge if the outside temperature is below -22 °F (-30 °C), as it is
likely that charging will take longer, and equipment related to charging may
be damaged.
●Do not leave the vehicle or the charging cable in areas where the outside
temperature is lower than -40 °F (-40 °C). The vehicle or charging cable
may be damaged.
88
1-3. Charging
When normal charging cannot be carried out
A problem has occurred during charging
Refer to the following table and carry out the appropriate correction
procedure.
Situation Reason Correction procedure
The power indicator on
the CCID (Charging
Circuit Interrupting
Device) does not illumi-
nate even when con-
nected to a power
source
The plug is not properly
connected to the elec-
trical receptacle.
Insert the plug firmly
into the electrical
receptacle.
There is a power out-
age.
Restart charging once
power has been
restored.
The circuit breaker has
activated.
Check the circuit
breaker. If there is
nothing unusual, con-
nect to another electri-
cal receptacle and
check that charging is
possible.
If charging is possible,
there is likely a prob-
lem with the first elec-
trical receptacle.
Contact your building
manager or an electri-
cian.
If charging does not commence even though the correct procedure
has been carried out, and an error message is shown on the multi-
information display, try the correction procedures listed in the table
below.
If you still cannot correct the problem, contact your Toyota dealer.
89
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
The power indicator on
the CCID (Charging
Circuit Interrupting
Device) does not illumi-
nate even when con-
nected to a power
source
The charging cable
connecting the CCID
(Charging Circuit Inter-
rupting Device) to the
plug is damaged.
Stop charging immedi-
ately and contact your
Toyota dealer.
The error warning indi-
cator on the CCID
(Charging Circuit Inter-
rupting Device) illumi-
nates
The electrical leakage
detection function or
the self-test function
has operated and the
power supply has been
interrupted.
Reset the CCID
(Charging Circuit Inter-
rupting Device).
(P. 91)
The charging indicator
lights do not illuminate
or flash even though
the charging connec-
tor is connected
The latch release but-
ton is being pressed.
For safety purposes,
charging will be inter-
rupted when the latch
release button is
pressed. (P. 82)
When connecting the
charging connector to
the vehicle, insert it into
the charging port with-
out pressing the latch
release button.
The charging connec-
tor is not properly con-
nected to the charging
port.
Check that the charg-
ing connector is firmly
connected to the
charging port.
If the charging indicator
lights do not illuminate
or flash even though
the charging connec-
tor is firmly connected,
there may be a prob-
lem in the system. Stop
charging immediately
and consult your
Toyota dealer.
Situation Reason Correction procedure
90
1-3. Charging
The charging indicator
lights do not illuminate
or flash even though
the charging connec-
tor is connected
The traction battery is
already fully charged.
If the charging indicator
lights flash quickly
An error may have
occurred in the charg-
ing system.
Turn the “POWER”
switch to ON mode and
comply with the warn-
ing message shown on
the multi-information
display. (P. 443)
Situation Reason Correction procedure
91
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
If a warning message is displayed after charging
If a warning message is displayed when the “POWER” switch is
turned to ON mode after charging, comply with the contents of the
message and take any necessary actions. (P. 443)
■Resetting the CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupting Device)
If the error warning indicator of the CCID
(Charging Circuit Interrupting Device) illu-
minates during charging, conduct either
of the following procedures.
●Press the reset button on the CCID
(Charging Circuit Interrupting Device).
●Disconnect the plug, wait for a short
while and reconnect.
The error warning indicator will go out
and the power source will reconnect.
●If the error warning indicator does not
illuminate a second time after the power
source has been reconnected, charging
can continue.
●If the error warning indicator illuminates
again, there may be a problem with the
charging cable or the power source.
Stop charging immediately and contact
your Toyota dealer.
92
1-3. Charging
Inspecting the charging cable
Inspecting the electrical leakage detection function
Check that the electrical leakage detection function operates properly
by following the procedure below.
In the unlikely event that the electrical leakage detection function
does not operate properly, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
Insert the charging cable into the electrical receptacle of the
external power source.
Press the test button on the
CCID (Charging Circuit Interrupt-
ing Device).
If the error warning indicator illu-
minates when the test button is
pressed, the function is operating
correctly.
Press the reset button on the CCID (Charging Circuit Inter-
rupting Device).
Turn off the error warning indicator. Charging cannot be carried out
while the error warning indicator is illuminated.
Charging can be continued by following the normal procedure. If not
charging, store the charging cable.
For safety, inspect the charging cable on a routine basis (at least
once a month).
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
93
1-3. Charging
1
Before driving
CAUTION
■Routine inspection
Check the following points regularly.
If use is continued without inspection, fire or electric shock may occur, possi-
bly resulting in death or serious injury.
●The charging cable, plug, charging connector, CCID (Charging Circuit
Interrupting Device) etc. have not been damaged
●The electrical receptacle has not been damaged
●The plug does not get extremely hot during use
●The tip of the plug has not been deformed
●The plug is not dirtied by dust etc.
Inspect the plug after removing it from the electrical receptacle.
■Maintaining the charging cable
When the cable is dirty, first remove the dirt with a squeezed out cloth, and
then wipe the cable with a dry cloth. Do not wash with water, as doing so
could cause a fire or electrical shock when charging, which could lead to
death or serious injury.
■When not using the charging cable for a long time
Remove the plug from the electrical receptacle. Dust could accumulate on
the plug or in the electrical receptacle, possibly causing overheating which
could lead to a fire.
Also, keep the cable in a place free from moisture.
94
1-4. Key information
Keys
Using the mechanical key
To take out the mechanical key,
push the release button and take
the key out.
After using the mechanical key,
store it in the electronic key. Carry
the mechanical key together with
the electronic key. If the electronic
key battery is depleted or the
entry function does not operate
properly, you will need the
mechanical key. (P. 468)
The following keys are provided with the vehicle.
Electronic keys
• Operating the smart key
system (P. 96)
• Operating the wireless
remote control function
(P. 108)
Mechanical keys
Key number plate
95
1-4. Key information
1
Before driving
■When required to leave a key to the vehicle with a parking attendant
Lock the glove box as circumstances demand. (P. 297)
Remove the mechanical key for your own use and provide the attendant with
the electronic key only.
■Key number plate
Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle. In the
event that a key is lost, a new key can be made by your Toyota dealer using
the key number plate. (P. 467)
■When riding in an aircraft
When bringing a key with wireless remote control function onto an aircraft,
make sure you do not press any buttons on the key while inside the aircraft
cabin. If you are carrying the key in your bag etc, ensure that the buttons are
not likely to be pressed accidentally. Pressing a button may cause the key to
emit radio waves that could interfere with the operation of the aircraft.
NOTICE
■To prevent key damage
●Do not subject the keys to strong shocks, expose them to high tempera-
tures by placing them in direct sunlight, or get them wet.
●Do not expose the keys to electromagnetic materials or attach any mate-
rial that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface.
●Do not disassemble the key.
96
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Smart key system
The following operations can be performed simply by carrying the
electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket.
(The driver should always carry the electronic key.)
Locks and unlocks the doors (P. 97)
Locks and unlocks the back door (P. 97)
Starts the EV system (P. 200)
Electronic key
Electronic key
Electronic key
97
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
Unlocking and locking the doors and back door (front and back
door handles only)
Grip the driver’s door handle to
unlock the door. Grip the passen-
ger’s door handle to unlock all
the doors.*
Make sure to touch the sensor on
the back of the handle.
The doors cannot be unlocked for
3 seconds after the doors are
locked.
*: The door unlock settings can be
changed. (P. 103)
Press the lock button to lock the
doors.
98
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Antenna location and effective range
■Antenna location
Antennas outside the cabin
Antennas inside the cabin
Antenna outside the luggage
compartment
99
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
■Effective range (areas within which the electronic key is
detected)
When locking or unlocking
the doors
The system can be operated
when the electronic key is
within about 2.3 ft. (0.7 m) of
either of the outside front
door handles and back door
handle.
When starting the EV sys-
tem or changing
“POWER” switch modes
The system can be operated
when the electronic key is
inside the vehicle.
100
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
■Operation signals
A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors
have been locked/unlocked. (Locked: Once; Unlocked: Twice)
■Alarms and warning indicators
A combination of exterior and interior alarms are used to prevent theft of the
vehicle and unforeseeable accidents resulting from erroneous operation.
Take appropriate measures according to the warning message shown on the
multi-information display. (P. 427)
The following table describes circumstances and correction procedures
when only alarms are sounded.
Alarm Situation Correction procedure
Interior alarm
pings once and
exterior alarm
sounds once for
10 seconds*1
An attempt was made to
lock the doors using the
entry function while the
electronic key was still
inside the passenger com-
partment.
Retrieve the elec-
tronic key from the
passenger compart-
ment and lock the
doors again.
An attempt was made to
exit the vehicle and lock
the doors without first turn-
ing the “POWER” switch
off.
Turn the “POWER”
switch off and lock the
doors again.
Exterior alarm
sounds once for
10 seconds
An attempt was made to
lock the vehicle while a
door is open.
Close all of the doors
and lock the doors
again.
101
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
Alarm Situation Correction procedure
Interior alarm
pings continu-
ously*1
The “POWER” switch was
turned to ACCESSORY
mode while the driver’s
door was open (or the
driver’s door was opened
while the “POWER” switch
was in ACCESSORY
mode).
Turn the “POWER”
switch off and close
the driver’s door.
Interior alarm
sounds continu-
ously*1
When the “POWER”
switch was in ON or
ACCESSORY mode, an
attempt was made to open
the door and exit the vehi-
cle when the shift position
was not in P.
Push the P position
switch and turn the
“POWER” switch off.
Interior and exte-
rior alarms sound
continuously*1
When the “POWER”
switch was in ON or
ACCESSORY mode, the
driver's door was closed
after the key was carried
outside the vehicle when
the shift position was not in
P.
Push the P position
switch, turn the
“POWER” switch off
and close the driver’s
door again.
102
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
*1: A message will be shown on the multi-information display in the instru-
ment cluster.
*2: If the EV system does not start when the electronic key is inside the
vehicle, the electronic key battery may be depleted or there may be dif-
ficulties receiving the signal from the key. (P. 468)
■Security feature
If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked, the security feature automatically locks the vehicle again.
Alarm Situation Correction procedure
Interior alarm
pings once*1
The electronic key has a
low battery.
Replace the electronic
key battery.
An attempt was made to
start the EV system with-
out the electronic key
being present, or the elec-
tronic key was not func-
tioning normally.
Start the EV system
with the electronic key
present.*2
Interior alarm
pings once and
exterior alarm
sounds 3 times*1
The driver's door was
closed after the key was
carried outside the vehicle
when the “POWER” switch
was not turned off.
Turn the “POWER”
switch OFF and close
the driver’s door
again.
An occupant carried the
electronic key outside the
vehicle and closed the
door while the “POWER”
switch was not off.
Bring the electronic
key back into the vehi-
cle.
103
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
■Switching the door unlock function
It is possible to set which doors the entry function unlocks.
Turn the “POWER” switch off.
When the indicator on the key surface is turned off, push and hold
or for approximately 5 seconds while pushing the but-
ton on the key.
The setting changes each time an operation is performed, as shown below.
(When changing the setting continuously, release the buttons, wait for at
least 5 seconds, and repeat .)
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
2
Multi-information
display Unlocking doors Beep
Hold the driver’s door
handle to unlock only the
driver’s door. Exterior: Beeps three
times
Interior: Pings once
Hold the passenger’s door
handle or back door
opener to unlock all the
doors.
Hold a front door handle or
back door opener to unlock
all the doors.
Exterior: Beeps twice
Interior: Pings once
104
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
■Battery-saving function
In the following circumstances, the entry function is disabled in order to pre-
vent the 12-volt battery from discharging and the electronic key battery from
depleting.
●When the entry function has not been used for 2 weeks or more.
●When the electronic key has been left within approximately 3 ft. (1 m) of
the vehicle for 10 minutes or more.
The system will resume operation when
●The vehicle is locked using the door handle lock switch when carrying the
electronic key on your person.
●The vehicle is locked/unlocked using the wireless remote control.
(P. 108)
●The vehicle is locked/unlocked using the mechanical key. (P. 468)
■Conditions affecting operation
The smart key system uses weak radio waves. In the following situations,
the communication between the electronic key and the vehicle may be
affected, preventing the smart key system and wireless remote control from
operating properly. (Ways of coping: P. 468)
●When the electronic key battery is depleted
●Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electri-
cal noise
●When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other
wireless communication devices
●When the electronic key is in contact with, or is covered by a metallic
object
●When multiple electronic keys are in the vicinity
●When carrying or using the electronic key together with one or move of
the following devices that emit radio waves
• Another vehicle’s electronic key
• A wireless key that emits radio waves
• Personal computer
●If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects is attached to the
rear window
105
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
■Note for the entry function
●Even when the electronic key is within the effective range (detection
areas), the system may not operate properly in the following cases.
• The electronic key is too close to the window or outside door handle,
near the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked or
unlocked.
• The electronic key is on the instrument panel, in the auxiliary box, on
the floor or in the glove box when the EV system is started or
“POWER” switch modes are changed.
●Do not leave the electronic key on top of the instrument panel or near the
door pockets when exiting the vehicle. Depending on the radio wave
reception conditions, it may be detected by the antenna outside the cabin
and the door will become lockable from the outside, possibly trapping the
electronic key inside the vehicle.
●As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the doors may
be locked or unlocked by anyone.
●Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possible to
start the EV system if the electronic key is near the window.
●The doors may unlock if a large amount of water splashes on the door
handle, such as in the rain or in a car wash. (The doors will automatically
be locked after approximately 60 seconds if the doors are not opened
and closed.)
●Gripping the door handle when wearing a glove may not unlock the door.
●If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors when the elec-
tronic key is near the vehicle, there is a possibility that the door may not
be unlocked by the entry function. (Use the wireless remote control to
unlock the doors.)
■When the vehicle is not driven for extended periods
To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within 6 ft. (2
m) of the vehicle.
106
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
■To operate the system properly
Make sure to carry the electronic key when operating the system. Do not get
the electronic key too close to the vehicle when operating the system from
the outside of the vehicle.
Depending on the position and holding condition of the electronic key, the
key may not be detected correctly and the system may not operate properly.
(The alarm may go off accidentally, or the door lock prevention may not func-
tion.)
■If the smart key system does not operate properly
●Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the mechanical key. (P. 468)
●Starting the EV system. (P. 468)
■Electronic key battery depletion
●The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years. (The battery becomes depleted
even if the electronic key is not used.) If the smart key system or the
wireless remote control function does not operate, or the detection area
becomes smaller, the battery may be depleted. Replace the battery when
necessary. (P. 383)
●If the battery becomes low, an alarm will sound in the cabin when the EV
system stops. (P. 100)
●To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 3 ft.
(1 m) of the following electrical appliances that produce a magnetic field:
•TVs
• Personal computers
• Cellular phones, cordless phones and battery chargers
• Recharging cellular phones or cordless phones
• Induction cookers
• Table lamps
■When the electronic key battery is fully depleted
P. 383
■Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e. g. smart key system) can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 500)
107
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
■Certification for the smart key system
FCC ID: HYQ14AEM
FCC ID: NI4TMLF-2
FCC ID: HYQ14AAB
FCC ID: HYQ13BZS
FCC ID: HYQ14ABK
FCC ID: HYQ13CZA
NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
CAUTION
■Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
●People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should keep
away from the smart key system antennas. (P. 98) The radio waves may
affect the operation of such devices. If necessary, the entry function can
be disabled. Ask your Toyota dealer for details, such as the frequency of
radio waves and timing of the emitted radio waves. Then, consult your
doctor to see if you should disable the entry function.
●Users of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac
pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implant-
able cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the
device for information about its operation under the influence of radio
waves.
Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such
medical devices.
Ask your Toyota dealer for details on disabling the entry function.
108
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Wireless remote control
■Operation signals
A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors
have been locked/unlocked. (Locked: Once; Unlocked: Twice)
■Panic mode
■Door lock buzzer
If a door is not fully closed, a buzzer sounds continuously if an attempt to
lock the door is made. Fully close the door to stop the buzzer, and lock the
vehicle once more.
■Key battery depletion
P. 383
The wireless remote control can be used to lock and unlock the vehi-
cle from outside the vehicle.
Locks all doors
Unlocks all doors
Pressing the button unlocks
the driver’s door. Pressing
the button again within 3
seconds unlocks the other
doors.
Pushing and holding:
Sounds the alarm
When is pushed for longer than
about one second, an alarm will sound for
about 60 seconds and the vehicle lights
will flash to deter any person from trying
to break into or damage your vehicle.
To stop the alarm, push any button on the
wireless remote control.
109
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
■If the wireless remote control does not operate
Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the mechanical key. (P. 468)
■Security feature
If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked, the anti-theft system automatically locks the vehicle again.
■Conditions affecting operation
P. 104
■Customization that can be configured at your Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. wireless remote control) can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 500)
■Certification for wireless remote control
P. 107
110
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Side doors
The vehicle can be locked and unlocked using the entry function,
wireless remote control or door lock switch.
■Entry function
P. 96
■Wireless remote control
P. 108
■Door lock switch
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors
■Inside lock buttons
Locks the door
Unlocks the door
Pulling the door handle can
open the front door even if the
lock button is in the lock posi-
tion.
111
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
Locking the front doors from the outside without the wireless
remote control or key
Move the inside lock button to the lock position.
Close the door.
The door cannot be locked if the “POWER” switch is in ACCESSORY
or ON mode, or the electronic key is left inside the vehicle.
The key may not be detected correctly and the door may be locked.
Rear door child-protector lock
The door cannot be opened from
inside the vehicle when the lock
is set.
Unlock
Lock
These locks can be set to prevent
children from opening the rear
doors. Push down on each rear
door switch to lock both rear
doors.
STEP
1
STEP
2
112
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
■Using the mechanical key
The doors can also be locked and unlocked with the mechanical key.
(P. 468)
■When all the doors are locked with the entry function, wireless remote
control or key
The doors cannot be unlocked with the door lock switch.
The door lock switch can be reset by unlocking all the doors with the entry
function, wireless remote control or key.
■The doors cannot be locked when
The “POWER” switch is in ACCESSORY or ON mode, or the electronic key
is left inside the vehicle.
Depending on the position of the electronic key, the key may not be detected
correctly and the door may be locked.
■Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. door unlocking function) can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 500)
CAUTION
■To prevent an accident
Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle.
Failure to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant falling out,
resulting in death or serious injury.
●Always use a seat belt.
●Always lock all the doors.
●Ensure that all doors are properly closed.
●Do not pull the inside handle of the doors while driving.
The doors may be opened and the passengers are thrown out of the vehi-
cle and it may result in serious injury or death.
Be especially careful for the front doors, as the doors may be opened even
if the inside lock buttons are in locked position.
●Set the rear door child-protector locks when children are seated in the rear
seats.
113
1
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Before driving
Back door
Rear step bumper
The rear step bumper is
intended for rear end protection
and easier step-up loading.
The back door can be opened using the back door handle. The back
door can be locked and unlocked using the wireless remote control,
entry function or door lock switch.
■Locking and unlocking the back door
Entry function
P. 97
Wireless remote control
P. 108
Door lock switch
P. 110
114
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
■Luggage compartment light
The luggage compartment lights turn on when the back door is opened with
the luggage compartment light switch on.
■Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. wireless remote control) can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 500)
On
Off
115
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
CAUTION
■Caution while driving
●Keep the back door closed while driving.
If the back door is left open, it may hit near-by objects while driving or lug-
gage may be unexpectedly thrown out, causing an accident.
●Before driving the vehicle, make sure that the back door is fully closed. If
the back door is not fully closed, it may open unexpectedly while driving,
causing an accident.
●Never let anyone sit in the luggage compartment. In the event of sudden
braking or a collision, they are susceptible to death or serious injury.
●Do not get on the rear step bumper.
■Caution while parking
If the open back door hides the stop, tail or rear turn signal lights, other road
users must be warned of the presence of your vehicle by a warning triangle
or other device.
■When children are in the vehicle
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
●Do not allow children to play in the luggage compartment.
If a child is accidentally locked in the luggage compartment, they could
have heat exhaustion or other injuries.
●Do not allow a child to open or close the back door.
Doing so may cause the back door to move unexpectedly, or cause the
child’s hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing back door.
116
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
CAUTION
■Operating the back door
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in death
or serious injury.
●When opening or closing the back door, thoroughly check to make sure
the surrounding area is safe.
●If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that
the back door is about to open or close.
●Use caution when opening or closing the back door in windy weather as it
may move abruptly in strong wind.
●Do not attach any accessories other than genuine Toyota parts to the back
door. Such additional weight on the back door may interfere with the safety
opening and closing operation of the back door.
●If the open back door hides the stop, tail, rear side marker or rear turn sig-
nal lights while you are parked, other road users must be warned of the
presence of your vehicle by a warning triangle or other device.
●The back door may close if it is not
opened fully. It is more difficult to open
or close the back door on an incline
than on a level surface, so beware of
the back door unexpectedly opening or
closing by itself. Make sure that the
back door is fully open and secure
before using the luggage compartment.
●When closing the back door, take extra
care to prevent your fingers etc. from
being caught.
●When closing the back door, make sure
to press it lightly on its outer surface.
117
1-5. Opening, closing and locking the doors
1
Before driving
NOTICE
■To prevent damage to the back door components
Do not allow more than one person to get on the rear step bumper at a time.
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the luggage compartment light on for extended periods while
the EV system is off.
118
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Front seats
Seat position adjustment
lever
Seatback angle adjustment
lever
Vertical height adjustment
lever (driver’s side only)
119
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
1
Before driving
Flattening the front seatbacks
■Before flattening the front seatbacks
Slide the rear seats as far back as possible. (P. 121)
■Flattening the front seatbacks
Remove the front head restraint. (P. 127)
Slide the front seat further for-
ward than the forward-most lock-
able position.
Pull the seatback angle adjust-
ment lever up to unlock and push
down the seatback.
After returning the seat to its origi-
nal position, be certain to replace
the head restraint.
Active head restraints
When the occupant’s lower back
presses against the seatback
during a rear-end collision, the
head restraint moves slightly for-
ward and upward to help reduce
the risk of whiplash on the seat
occupant.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
120
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
■Active head restraints
Even small forces applied to the seatback may cause the head restraint to
move. Pushing up a locked head restraint forcibly may appear the head
restraint inner structure. These do not indicate problems.
CAUTION
■Seat adjustment
●Be careful that the seat does not hit passengers or luggage.
●To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not
recline the seat more than necessary.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of
an accident.
Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpect-
edly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
●After adjusting the seat, make sure that the seat is locked in position.
Inner
structure
During
rear-end
collision
121
1
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Before driving
Rear seats
Seat position adjustment
levers
Seatback angle adjustment
levers
When a person sits in the rear
center position, adjust both
seat cushions to the same
position and align all seat-
backs at the same angle.
122
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Folding down the rear seatbacks
Folding down the rear seats will enlarge the luggage compartment.
■Before folding down the rear seatbacks
Stow the rear center seat belt. (P. 133)
Make sure the outside seat belt
passes through the hanger when
folding the rear seat.
This prevents the shoulder belt
from being damaged.
Stow the rear seat belt buckles.
Remove the outside head restraints (P. 128)
Lower the rear center seat head restraint to the lowest posi-
tion. (P. 127)
Raise the armrest until it locks. (P. 313)
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
STEP
6
123
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
1
Before driving
■Folding down the rear seatbacks
Slide the rear seats as far back as possible. (P. 121)
From inside
Pull down the seatback angle
adjustment lever and fold down
the seatback.
From outside
Open the back door and pull the
lock release lever to fold down
the rear seat.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
2
124
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
CAUTION
■When folding the rear seatbacks down
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
●Do not fold the seatbacks down while driving.
●Stop the vehicle on level ground, set the parking brake and shift the shift
position to P.
●Do not fold the rear seatback when passengers sit or luggage is placed on
the seat.
●Do not allow passengers to ride on the folded seat or in the luggage com-
partment while driving.
●Make sure that no passengers or luggage are on the rear seats.
●Make sure the seatback is securely locked by pushing forward and rear-
ward on the top of the seatback.
●Do not allow anyone to sit on a folded seatback or in the luggage compart-
ment while driving.
●Do not allow children to enter the luggage compartment.
125
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
1
Before driving
CAUTION
■Seat adjustment
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injuries.
●To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not
recline the seat more than necessary.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of
an accident.
Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpect-
edly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
●Be careful not to get your hands or feet pinched in the seat.
●Do not adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving as the seat may unex-
pectedly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
●Be careful that the seat does not hit a passenger or luggage.
●Do not put objects under the seats.
Otherwise, the objects may interfere with the seat-lock mechanism or
unexpectedly push up the seat position adjustment lever and the seat may
suddenly move, causing the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
●Adjust both seat cushions to the same position and align all seatbacks at
the same angle when a person sits in the rear center position.
Otherwise, the person cannot wear the seat belt properly and this may
cause death or serious injuries in a collision.
■After adjusting a seat
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
●Make sure the seat position and seatback are securely locked by pushing
the seat and seatback forward and rearward.
●Check that the seat belts are not twisted or caught in the seatback.
126
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
NOTICE
■Stowing the seat belts
The seat belts and the buckles must be stowed before you fold down the
rear seatbacks.
127
1
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Before driving
Head restraints
Head restraints are provided for all seats.
Front seats
Up
Pull the head restraints up.
Down
Push the head restraint down
while pushing the lock release
button.
Rear center seat
Up
Pull the head restraints up.
Down
Push the head restraint down
while pushing the lock release
button.
Rear outside seats
Up
Down
Pull up or push down the head
restraint while pushing the lock
release button.
Lock release button
Lock release button
Lock release button
128
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
■Removing the head restraints
Front seats
Rear seats
Pull the head restraint up while pushing
the lock release button.
Pull the head restraint up while pushing
the lock release button.
129
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
1
Before driving
■Installing the head restraints
Front seats
Rear seats
Align the head restraint with the installa-
tion holes and push it down to the lock
position.
Press and hold the lock release button
when lowering the head restraint.
Align the head restraint with the installa-
tion holes and push it down to the lock
position.
Press and hold the lock release button
when lowering the head restraint.
130
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
■Adjusting the height of the head restraints
■Adjusting the rear center seat head restraint
Always raise the head restraint one level from the stowed position when
using.
CAUTION
■Head restraint precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints. Failure to
do so may result in death or serious injury.
●Use the head restraints designed for each respective seat.
●Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times.
●After adjusting the head restraints, push down on them and make sure
they are locked in position.
●Do not drive with the head restraints removed.
Make sure that the head restraints are
adjusted so that the center of the head
restraint is closest to the top of your ears.
131
1
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Before driving
Seat belts
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driv-
ing the vehicle.
■Correct use of the seat belts
●Extend the shoulder belt so
that it comes fully over the
shoulder, but does not
come into contact with the
neck or slide off the shoul-
der.
●Position the lap belt as low
as possible over the hips.
●Adjust the position of the
seatback. Sit up straight
and well back in the seat.
●Do not twist the seat belt.
■Fastening and releasing the seat belt
To fasten the seat belt, push
the plate into the buckle
until a click sound is heard.
To release the seat belt,
press the release button.
Release button
132
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Rear center seat belt
The rear center seat belt is a 3-point type restraint with 2 buckles.
Both seat belt buckles must be correctly located and securely latched
for proper operation.
Make sure that the buckle is
securely latched ready for use of
the center seat belt.
Tab “A”
Tab “B”
■Adjusting the seat belt shoulder anchor height (front seats)
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor down while pressing
the release button.
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor up.
Move the height adjuster up as
needed until you hear a click.
Tab “A”
Tab “B”
133
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
1
Before driving
■Releasing method
The rear center seat belt can be completely released only when
necessary such as when folding down the rear seats.
To release tab “A”, insert tab “B”
or the mechanical key (P. 94)
into the hole on the buckle.
Retract the belt slowly when
releasing and stowing the seat
belt.
Fold the seat belt.
Fold the seat belt in a manner
that places tabs “A” and “B” on
top of each other, as shown in the
illustration.
Stow the seat belt.
Make sure that the tabs are
securely stowed inside the cover.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
134
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Seat belt pretensioners (front seats)
The pretensioner helps the seat
belt to quickly restrain the occu-
pant by retracting the seat belt
when the vehicle is subjected to
certain types of severe frontal
collision or a vehicle rollover.
The pretensioner may not acti-
vate in the event of a minor frontal
impact, a side impact or a rear
impact.
■Emergency locking retractor (ELR)
The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend so that you can move around fully.
■Automatic locking retractor (ALR)
When a passenger's shoulder belt is completely extended and then
retracted even slightly, the belt is locked in that position and cannot be
extended. This feature is used to hold the child restraint system (CRS) firmly.
To free the belt again, fully retract the belt and then pull the belt out once
more. (P. 176)
■When not using the outer rear seat belts
Pass the outer rear seat belts through the
seat belt hangers and secure the seat
belt plates to prevent the shoulder belts
from being damaged.
135
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
1
Before driving
■Child seat belt usage
The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult
size.
●Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle's seat belt. (P. 172)
●When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle's seat
belt, follow the instructions on P. 131 regarding seat belt usage.
■Replacing the belt after the pretensioner has been activated
If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will activate
for the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subsequent colli-
sions.
■Seat belt extender
If your seat belts cannot be fastened
securely because they are not long
enough, a personalized seat belt
extender is available from your Toyota
dealer free of charge.
136
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
CAUTION
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of
sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
■Wearing a seat belt
●Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt.
●Always wear a seat belt properly.
●Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt
for more than one person at once, including children.
●Toyota recommends that children be seated in the rear seat and always
use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system.
●To achieve a proper seating position, do not recline the seat more than
necessary. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting
up straight and well back in the seats.
●Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm.
●Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips.
■Pregnant women
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat
belt in the proper way. (P. 131)
Women who are pregnant should position
the lap belt as low as possible over the
hips in the same manner as other occu-
pants. Extend the shoulder belt com-
pletely over the shoulder and position the
belt across the chest. Avoid belt contact
over the rounding of the abdominal area.
If the seat belt is not worn properly, not
only the pregnant woman, but also the
fetus could suffer death or serious injury
as a result of sudden braking or a colli-
sion.
137
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
1
Before driving
CAUTION
■People suffering illness
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (P. 131)
■When children are in the vehicle
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.
■Seat belt pretensioners
●Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger's seat.
Doing so will disperse the passenger's weight, which prevents the sensor
from detecting the passenger's weight properly. As a result, the seat belt
pretensioner for the front passenger's seat may not activate in the event of
a collision.
●If the pretensioner has activated, the SRS warning light will come on. In
that case, the seat belt cannot be used again and must be replaced at
your Toyota dealer.
■Adjustable shoulder anchor
Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of your
shoulder. The belt should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off
your shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an
accident and cause death or serious injuries in the event of a sudden stop,
sudden swerve or accident. (P. 132)
138
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
CAUTION
■Seat belt damage and wear
●Do not damage the seat belts by allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to be
jammed in the door.
●Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat
belts cannot protect an occupant from death or serious injury.
●Ensure that the belt and plate are locked and the belt is not twisted.
If the seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact your Toyota
dealer.
●Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehicle has been
involved in a serious accident, even if there is no obvious damage.
●Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of the
seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried out by your Toyota dealer.
Inappropriate handling of the pretensioner may prevent it from operating
properly, resulting in death or serious injury.
■When using the rear center seat belt
■Using a seat belt extender
●Do not wear the seat belt extender if you can fasten the seat belt without
the extender.
●Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
because the belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, increas-
ing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an accident.
●The personalized extender may not be safe on another vehicle, when
used by another person, or at a different seating position other than the
one originally intended.
Do not use the rear center seat belt with
either buckle released.
Fastening only one of the buckles may
result in death or serious injury in case of
sudden braking or a collision.
139
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
1
Before driving
NOTICE
■When using a seat belt extender
When releasing the seat belt, press on the buckle release button on the
extender, not on the seat belt.
This helps prevent damage to the vehicle interior and the extender itself.
140
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Steering wheel
CAUTION
■Caution while driving
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.
Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and cause an acci-
dent, resulting in death or serious injury.
■After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly causing an
accident, and resulting in death or serious injury.
The steering wheel can be adjusted to a comfortable position.
Hold the steering wheel and
push the lever down.
Adjust to the ideal position by
moving the steering wheel
horizontally and vertically.
After adjustment, pull the lever
up to secure the steering
wheel.
STEP
1
STEP
2
141
1
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Before driving
Anti-glare inside rear view mirror
Adjusting the height of rear view mirror
Adjust the height of the rear view
mirror by moving it up and down.
Automatic anti-glare function
Responding to the level of brightness of the headlights of vehicles
behind, the reflected light is automatically reduced.
Changing automatic anti-glare
function mode
ON
OFF
When the automatic anti-glare
function is in ON mode, the indi-
cator illuminates.
The function will set to ON mode
each time the “POWER” switch is
turned to ON mode.
The rear view mirror’s position can be adjusted to enable sufficient
confirmation of the rear view in accordance with the driver's seating
posture.
142
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
■To prevent sensor error
CAUTION
■Caution while driving
Do not adjust the position of the mirror while driving.
Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
To ensure that the sensors operate prop-
erly, do not touch or cover them.
143
1
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Before driving
Outside rear view mirrors
Mirror angle can be adjusted using the switch.
To select a mirror to adjust,
press the switch.
Left
Right
To adjust the mirror, press the
switch.
Up
Right
Down
Left
STEP
1
STEP
2
144
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Folding the mirrors
Press the switch to fold the mir-
rors.
Press it again to extend them to
the original position.
■Mirror angle can be adjusted when
The “POWER” switch is in ACCESSORY or ON mode.
■When the mirrors are fogged up
The outside rear view mirrors can be cleared using the mirror defoggers.
Turn on the rear window defogger to turn on the outside rear view mirror
defoggers. (P. 292)
145
1-6. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
1
Before driving
CAUTION
■When driving the vehicle
Observe the following precautions while driving.
Failure to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle and cause an
accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
●Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.
●Do not drive with the mirrors folded.
●Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended and properly
adjusted before driving.
■When a mirror is moving
To avoid personal injury and mirror malfunction, be careful not to get your
hand caught by the moving mirror.
■When the mirror defoggers are operating
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot and
burn you.
146
1-7. Opening and closing the windows
Power windows
Window lock switch
Press the switch down to lock
the passenger window switches.
Use this switch to prevent chil-
dren from accidentally opening or
closing a passenger window.
The power windows can be opened and closed using the switches.
Operating the switch moves the windows as follows:
Closing
One-touch closing (driver’s
window only)*
Opening
One-touch opening (driver’s
window only)*
*: To stop the window partway,
operate the switch in the oppo-
site direction.
147
1-7. Opening and closing the windows
1
Before driving
■The power windows can be operated when
The “POWER” switch is in ON mode.
■Operating the power windows after turning the “POWER” switch off
(front windows only)
The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the
“POWER” switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. They can-
not, however, be operated once either front door is opened.
■Jam protection function (driver’s window only)
If an object becomes caught between the window and the window frame,
window travel is stopped and the window is opened slightly.
■When the power window does not close normally (driver’s window only)
If the jam protection function is operating abnormally and a window cannot
be closed, perform the following operations using the power window switch
on the driver's door.
●After stopping the vehicle, the window can be closed by holding the
power window switch in the one-touch closing position while the
“POWER” switch is turned to ON mode.
●If the window still cannot be closed even by carrying out the operation
explained above, initialize the function by performing the following proce-
dure.
Hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position.
Continue holding the switch for a further 6 seconds after the win-
dow has closed.
Hold the power window switch in the one-touch opening position.
Continue holding the switch for a further 2 seconds after the win-
dow has opened completely.
Hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position
once again. Continue holding the switch for a further 2 seconds
after the window has closed.
If you release the switch while the window is moving, start again from the
beginning.
If the window continues to close but then re-open slightly even after perform-
ing the above procedure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
148
1-7. Opening and closing the windows
CAUTION
■Closing the windows
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
●Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when a window is being operated.
●Do not allow children to operate the power windows.
Closing a power window on someone can cause serious injury, and in
some instances, even death.
■Jam protection function (driver’s window only)
●Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
●The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the window fully closes.
149
1
Before driving
1-8. Theft deterrent system
Immobilizer system
■System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type immobilizer system.
■Conditions affecting operation
Depending on the surrounding environment and conditions, the immobilizer
system may not operate properly. This may prevent the EV system from
starting. (P. 104)
■Certifications for the immobilizer system
FCC ID: NI4TMIMB-1
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
The vehicle's keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent the
EV system from starting if the key has not been previously regis-
tered in the vehicle's on-board computer.
Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.
The indicator light flashes after
the “POWER” switch has been
turned off to indicate that the
system is operating.
The indicator light stops flash-
ing after the “POWER” switch
has been turned to ACCES-
SORY or ON mode to indicate
that the system has been can-
celed.
150
1-8. Theft deterrent system
NOTICE
■To ensure the system operates correctly
Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.
151
1
1-8. Theft deterrent system
Before driving
Theft prevention labels
These labels are attached to
the vehicle to reduce vehicle
theft by facilitating the tracing
and recovery of parts from sto-
len vehicles. Do not remove
under penalty of law.
152
1-9. Safety information
Correct driving posture
Drive with a good posture as follows:
Sit upright and well back in
the seat. (P. 118)
Adjust the position of the
seat forward or backward to
ensure the pedals can be
reached and easily
depressed to the extent
required. (P. 118)
Adjust the seatback so that
the controls are easily oper-
able. (P. 118)
Adjust the tilt and telescopic
positions of the steering
wheel downward so the air-
bag is facing your chest.
(P. 140)
Lock the head restraint in
place with the center of the
head restraint closest to the
top of your ears. (P. 127)
Wear the seat belt correctly.
(P. 131)
153
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
CAUTION
■While driving
●Do not adjust the position of the driver’s seat.
Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
●Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback.
A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce
the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint, increasing the risk of
death or serious injury to the driver or passenger.
●Do not place anything under the front seats.
Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat
tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an acci-
dent, resulting in death or serious injury. The adjustment mechanism may
also be damaged.
■Adjusting the seat position
●Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passen-
gers are not injured by the moving seat.
●Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid
injury.
Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism.
154
1-9. Safety information
SRS airbags
The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain
types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the
occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce the
risk of death or serious injury.
SRS front airbags
SRS driver airbag/front passenger airbag
Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front pas-
senger from impact with interior components
SRS side and curtain shield airbags
SRS side airbags
Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupants
SRS curtain shield airbags
Can help protect primarily the head of occupants in the outer
seats
155
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
Airbag system components
Your vehicle is equipped with ADVANCED AIRBAGS designed based
on the US motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The airbag
sensor assembly (ECU) controls airbag deployment based on infor-
mation obtained from the sensors etc. shown in the system compo-
nents diagram above. This information includes crash severity and
occupant information. As the airbags deploy, a chemical reaction in
the inflators quickly fills the airbags with non-toxic gas to help restrain
the motion of the occupants.
Curtain shield airbags
Side airbags
Front passenger airbag
Side impact sensors (front)
Front impact sensors
Front passenger’s seat belt
buckle switch
Side impact sensors (rear)
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR
BAG OFF” indicator lights
SRS warning light
Driver airbag
Driver’s seat position sen-
sor
Driver’s seat belt buckle
switch
Airbag sensor assembly
Front passenger occupant
classification system (ECU
and sensors)
Seat belt pretensioners and
force limiters
156
1-9. Safety information
■If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate)
●Bruising and slight abrasions may result from contact with a deploying
(inflating) SRS airbag.
●A loud noise and white powder will be emitted.
●Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator)
as well as the front seats, parts of the front and rear pillars, and roof side
rail, may be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be hot.
●The windshield may crack.
●For Safety Connect subscribers, if the SRS airbags deploy or in the event
of a severe rear-end collision, the system is designed to send an emer-
gency call to the response center, notifying them of the vehicle’s location
(without needing to push the “SOS” button) and an agent will attempt to
speak with the occupants to ascertain the level of emergency and assis-
tance required. If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent
automatically treats the call as an emergency and helps to dispatch the
necessary emergency services. (P. 326)
■SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS front airbags)
●The SRS front airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds
the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to an approxi-
mately 12-18 mph [20-30 km/h] frontal collision with a fixed wall that does
not move or deform).
However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher in the following
situations:
• If the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole,
which can move or deform on impact
• If the vehicle is involved in an underride collision, such as a collision in
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the bed of a
truck
●Depending on the type of collision, it is possible that only the seat belt
pretensioners will activate.
●The SRS front airbags for the front passenger will not activate if there is
no passenger sitting in the front passenger seat. However, the SRS front
airbags for the front passenger may deploy if luggage is put in the seat,
even if the seat is unoccupied.
157
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
■SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS side and curtain shield air-
bags)
●The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of an
impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corre-
sponding to the impact force produced by an approximately 3300 lb.
[1500 kg] vehicle colliding with the vehicle cabin from a direction perpen-
dicular to the vehicle orientation at an approximate speed of 12-18 mph
[20-30 km/h]).
●The SRS curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of vehicle rollover.
●The SRS side airbag on the passenger seat will not activate if there is no
passenger sitting in the front passenger seat. However, the SRS side air-
bag on the passenger seat may deploy if luggage is put in the seat, even
if the seat is unoccupied. (P. 166)
■Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other
than a collision
The SRS front airbags may also deploy if a serious impact occurs to the
underside of your vehicle. Some examples are shown in the illustration.
The SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy under the situations shown
in the illustration.
●Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or
hard surface
●Falling into or jumping over a deep hole
●Landing hard or falling
●The angle of vehicle tip-up is marginal.
●The vehicle skids and hits a curb stone.
158
1-9. Safety information
■Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS front air-
bags)
The SRS front airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed frontal
collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes sufficient forward
deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur.
■Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags
(SRS side and curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may not activate if the vehicle is
subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the
side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment.
The SRS side airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
frontal or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed side
collision.
●Collision from the side
●Collision from the rear
●Vehicle rollover
●Collision from the side to the vehicle
body other than the passenger com-
partment
●Collision from the side at an angle
●Collision from the front
●Collision from the rear
●Vehicle rollover
159
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
The SRS curtain shield airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is
involved in a frontal or rear collision, if it pitches end over end, or if it is
involved in a low-speed side collision.
■When to contact your Toyota dealer
In the following cases, the vehicle will require inspection and/or repair. Con-
tact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
●Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated.
●Collision from the front
●Collision from the rear
●Pitching end over end
●The front of the vehicle is damaged or
deformed, or was involved in an acci-
dent that was not severe enough to
cause the SRS front airbags to inflate.
●A portion of a door is damaged or
deformed, or the vehicle was involved
in an accident that was not severe
enough to cause the SRS side and cur-
tain shield airbags to inflate.
●The pad section of the steering wheel
or dashboard near the front passenger
airbag is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
160
1-9. Safety information
●The surface of the seats with the side
airbag is scratched, cracked or other-
wise damaged.
●The portion of the front pillars, rear pil-
lars or roof side rail garnishes (padding)
containing the curtain shield airbags
inside is scratched, cracked or other-
wise damaged.
161
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
CAUTION
■SRS airbag precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the SRS airbags.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
●The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts
properly.
The SRS airbags are supplemental devices to be used with the seat belts.
●The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) advises:
Since the risk zone for the driver’s airbag is the first 2 - 3 in. (50 - 75 mm)
of inflation, placing yourself 10 in. (250 mm) from your driver airbag pro-
vides you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from the
center of the steering wheel to your breastbone. If you sit less than 10 in.
(250 mm) away now, you can change your driving position in several
ways:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the
pedals comfortably.
• Slightly recline the back of the seat.
Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the 10 in.
(250 mm) distance, even with the driver seat all the way forward, sim-
ply by reclining the back of the seat somewhat. If reclining the back of
your seat makes it hard to see the road, raise yourself by using a firm,
non-slippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that feature.
• If your steering wheel is adjustable, tilt it downward. This points the air-
bag toward your chest instead of your head and neck.
The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while
still maintaining control of the foot pedals, steering wheel, and your view of
the instrument panel controls.
162
1-9. Safety information
CAUTION
■SRS airbag precautions
●The SRS front passenger airbag also deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the air-
bag as possible with the seatback adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.
●Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or
seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small
to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint sys-
tem. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in
the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are
safer for infants and children than the front passenger seat. (P. 172)
●If the seat belt extender has been con-
nected to the front seat belt buckles but
the seat belt extender has not also
been fastened to the latch plate of the
seat belt, the SRS front airbags will
judge that the driver and front passen-
ger are wearing the seat belt even
though the seat belt has not been con-
nected. In this case, the SRS front air-
bags may not activate correctly in a
collision, resulting in death or serious
injury in the event of a collision. Be sure
to wear the seat belt with the seat belt
extender.
163
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
CAUTION
■SRS airbag precautions
●Do not sit on the edge of the seat or
lean against the dashboard.
●Do not allow a child to stand in front of
the SRS front passenger airbag unit or
sit on the knees of a front passenger.
●Do not allow the front seat occupants to
hold items on their knees.
●Do not lean against the door, the roof
side rail or the front, side and rear pil-
lars.
●Do not allow anyone to kneel on the
passenger seat toward the door or put
their head or hands outside the vehicle.
164
1-9. Safety information
CAUTION
■SRS airbag precautions
●Do not hang coat hangers or other hard objects on the coat hooks. All of
these items could become projectiles and may cause death or serious
injury, should the SRS curtain shield airbags deploy.
●Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side
airbags inflate as they may interfere with inflation of the airbags. Such
accessories may prevent the side airbags from activating correctly, disable
the system or cause the side airbags to inflate accidentally, resulting in
death or serious injury.
●Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS air-
bag components.
Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to malfunction.
●Do not attach anything to or lean any-
thing against areas such as the dash-
board or steering wheel pad.
These items can become projectiles
when the SRS driver and front passen-
ger airbags deploy.
●Do not attach anything to areas such as
a door, windshield glass, side door
glass, front or rear pillar, roof side rail
and assist grip.
(Except for the speed limit label
P. 452)
165
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
CAUTION
■SRS airbag precautions
●Do not touch any of the component parts immediately after the SRS air-
bags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot.
●If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbags has deployed, open a
door or window to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do
so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.
●If the areas where the SRS airbags are stored, such as the steering wheel
pad and front and rear pillar garnishes, are damaged or cracked, have
them replaced by your Toyota dealer.
●Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger's seat.
Doing so will disperse the passenger's weight, which prevents the sensor
from detecting the passenger's weight properly. As a result, the SRS front
passenger airbag may not deploy in the event of a collision.
■Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system components
Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modifications
without consulting your Toyota dealer.
The SRS airbags may malfunction or deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing
death or serious injury.
●Installation, removal, disassembly and repair of the SRS airbags
●Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel,
instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery, front, side and rear
pillars or roof side rails
●Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper, or side of the
occupant compartment
●Installation of a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.), snow plows,
winches or roof luggage carrier
●Modifications to the vehicle's suspension system
●Installation of electronic devices such as mobile two-way radios or CD
players
●Modifications to your vehicle for a person with a physical disability
166
1-9. Safety information
Front passenger occupant classification system
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classifica-
tion system. This system detects the conditions of the front passen-
ger seat and activates or deactivates the devices for the front
passenger.
Seat belt reminder light
“AIR BAG OFF” indicator light
“AIR BAG ON” indicator light
SRS warning light
167
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
Conditions and operation of the front passenger occupant
classification system
■Adult*1
■Child*3 or child restraint system*4
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG
ON”
SRS warning light Off
Seat belt reminder light
Flashing*
2
Devices
Front passenger airbag
Activated
Side airbag on the front passenger seat
Curtain shield airbag in the front
passenger side
Front passenger's seat belt pretensioner
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG
OFF”*5
SRS warning light Off
Seat belt reminder light Flashing*2
Devices
Front passenger airbag Deactivated
Side airbag on the front passenger seat
Curtain shield airbag in the front
passenger side Activated
Front passenger's seat belt pretensioner
168
1-9. Safety information
■Unoccupied
■There is a malfunction in the system
*1: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a
smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may rec-
ognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and pos-
ture.
*2: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.
*3: When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system
sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/
her as an adult depending on his/her physique or posture.
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
Not illumi-
nated
SRS warning light Off
Seat belt reminder light
Devices
Front passenger airbag Deactivated
Side airbag on the front passenger seat
Curtain shield airbag in the front
passenger side Activated
Front passenger's seat belt pretensioner Deactivated
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG
OFF”
SRS warning light On
Seat belt reminder light On
Devices
Front passenger airbag Deactivated
Side airbag on the front passenger seat
Curtain shield airbag in the front
passenger side Activated
Front passenger's seat belt pretensioner
169
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
*4: Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front pas-
senger seat. A forward-facing child restraint system should only
be installed on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable.
(P. 172)
*5: In case the indicator light is not illuminated, consult this manual
on how to install the child restraint system properly. (P. 176)
170
1-9. Safety information
CAUTION
■Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the front passenger occupant
classification system.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
●Wear the seat belt properly.
●Make sure the front passenger's seat belt plate has not been left inserted
into the buckle before someone sits in the front passenger seat.
●Make sure the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is not illuminated when using
the seat belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light is illuminated, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat
belt buckle, and reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender
after making sure the “AIR BAG ON” indicator light is illuminated. If you
use the seat belt extender while the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illumi-
nated, the front passenger airbag and side airbag on the front passenger
side may not activate correctly, which could cause death or serious injury
in the event of a collision.
●Do not apply a heavy load to the front passenger seat or equipment (e.g.
seatback pocket).
●Do not put weight on the front passenger seat by putting your hands or
feet on the front passenger seat seatback from the rear seat.
●Do not let a rear passenger lift the front passenger seat with their feet or
press on the seatback with their legs.
●Do not put objects under the front passenger seat.
●Do not recline the front passenger seatback so far that it touches a rear
seat. This may cause the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light to be illuminated,
which indicates that the passenger's airbags will not deploy in the event of
a severe accident. If the seatback touches the rear seat, return the seat-
back to a position where it does not touch the rear seat. Keep the front
passenger seatback as upright as possible when the vehicle is moving.
Reclining the seatback excessively may lessen the effectiveness of the
seat belt system.
171
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
CAUTION
■Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
●If an adult sits in the front passenger seat, the “AIR BAG ON” indicator
light is illuminated. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator is illuminated, ask the
passenger to sit up straight, well back in the seat, feet on the floor, and
with the seat belt worn correctly. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator still
remains illuminated, either ask the passenger to move to the rear seat, or
if that is not possible, move the front passenger seat fully rearward.
●When it is unavoidable to install a forward-facing child restraint system on
the front passenger seat, install the child restraint system on the front pas-
senger seat in the proper order. (P. 176)
●Do not modify or remove the front seats.
●Do not kick the front passenger seat or subject it to severe impact. Other-
wise, the SRS warning light may come on to indicate a malfunction of the
detection system. In this case, contact your Toyota dealer immediately.
●Child restraint systems installed on the rear seat should not contact the
front seatbacks.
●Do not use a seat accessory, such as a cushion and seat cover, that cov-
ers the seat cushion surface.
●Do not modify or replace the upholstery of the front seat.
172
1-9. Safety information
Child restraint systems
Points to remember
Studies have shown that installing a child restraint on a rear seat is
much safer than installing one on the front passenger seat.
●Choose a child restraint system that suits your vehicle and is
appropriate to the age and size of the child.
●For installation details, follow the instructions provided with the
child restraint system.
General installation instructions are provided in this manual.
(P. 176)
A child restraint system for a small child or baby must itself be prop-
erly restrained on the seat with the lap portion of the lap/shoulder
belt.
The laws of all 50 states of the U.S.A. now require the use of child
restraint systems.
173
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
Types of child restraints
Child restraint systems are classified into the following 3 types
according to the age and size of the child:
Rear facing Infant seat/convertible seat
Forward facing Convertible seat
Booster seat
174
1-9. Safety information
■Selecting an appropriate child restraint system
●Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
●If the child is too large for a child restraint system, sit the child on a rear
seat and use the vehicle's seat belt. (P. 131)
CAUTION
■Child restraint precautions
●For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child
must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system
depending on the age and size of the child. Holding a child in your arms is
not a substitute for a child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be
crushed against the windshield, or between you and the vehicle's interior.
●Toyota strongly urges the use of a proper child restraint system that con-
forms to the size of the child, installed on the rear seat. According to acci-
dent statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat
than in the front seat.
●Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger
seat even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated.
In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front pas-
senger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child if the rear-fac-
ing child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat.
●A forward-facing child restraint system may be installed on the front pas-
senger seat only when it is unavoidable. A child restraint system that
requires a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat
since there is no top tether strap anchor for the front passenger seat.
Adjust the seatback as upright as possible and always move the seat as
far back as possible even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illumi-
nated, because the front passenger airbag could inflate with considerable
speed and force. Otherwise, the child may be killed or seriously injured.
175
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
CAUTION
■Child restraint precautions
●Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
on the front or rear passenger seat. If installing a child restraint system
with the seat belt extender connected to the seat belt, the seat belt will not
securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause death or seri-
ous injury to the child or other passengers in the event of a sudden stop,
sudden swerve or accident.
●Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the seat, front and rear pillars or roof side
rails from which the SRS side airbags or SRS curtain shield airbags deploy
even if the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if
the SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags inflate, and the impact
could cause death or serious injury to the child.
●Make sure you have complied with all installation instructions provided by
the child restraint manufacturer and that the system is properly secured. If
it is not secured properly, it may cause death or serious injury to the child
in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or an accident.
■When children are in the vehicle
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.
■When the child restraint system is not in use
●Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is
not in use.
Do not store the child restraint system unsecured in the passenger com-
partment.
●If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the
vehicle or store it securely in the luggage compartment. This will prevent it
from injuring passengers in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or
accident.
176
1-9. Safety information
Installing child restraints
Follow the child restraint system manufacturer's instructions. Firmly
secure child restraints to the seats using the LATCH anchors or a
seat belt. Attach the top tether strap when installing a child restraint.
The lap/shoulder belt can be used if your child restraint system is
not compatible with the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for Chil-
dren) system.
Rear outside seats: Child
restraint LATCH anchors
LATCH anchors are provided
for the rear outside seats. (But-
tons displaying the location of
the anchors are attached to the
seats.)
Seat belts equipped with a
child restraint locking mecha-
nism (ALR/ELR belts except
driver’s seat belt) (P. 134)
177
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
Rear outside seats: Anchor
brackets (for top tether strap)
An anchor bracket is provided
for each outer rear seat.
Rear center seat: Anchor
bracket (for top tether strap)
An anchor bracket is provided
for the rear center seat.
178
1-9. Safety information
Installation with LATCH system (rear outside seats only)
Fold the seatback while pulling
the lever. Return the seatback
and secure it at the 1st lock posi-
tion (most upright position).
Adjust the seatback to the 7th
lock position. (P. 121)
1st lock position
7th lock position
Type A
Latch the hooks of the lower
straps onto the LATCH anchors.
The bars are installed in the
clearance between the seat cush-
ion and seatback.
If the child restraint has a top
tether strap, the top tether strap
should be latched onto the top
tether strap anchor.
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence of
a lower connector system.
STEP
1
STEP
2
179
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
Type B
Latch the buckles onto the
LATCH anchors.
The bars are installed in the
clearance between the seat cush-
ion and seatback.
If the child restraint has a top
tether strap, the top tether strap
should be latched onto the top
tether strap anchor.
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence of
a lower connector system.
STEP
2
180
1-9. Safety information
Installing child restraints using a seat belt (child restraint lock function belt)
■Rear facing Infant seat/convertible seat
Place the child restraint system
on the rear seat facing the rear
of the vehicle.
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and insert
the plate into the buckle. Make
sure that the belt is not twisted.
Fully extend the shoulder belt
and then allow it to retract
slightly in order to activate the
ALR lock mode.
Lock mode allows the seat belt to
retract only.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
181
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
While pushing the child restraint
system down into the rear seat,
allow the shoulder belt to retract
until the child restraint system is
securely in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there is
no slack in the belt, pull the belt to
check that it cannot be extended.
■Forward facing Convertible seat
Place the child restraint system
on the seat facing the front of the
vehicle.
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and insert
the plate into the buckle. Make
sure that the belt is not twisted.
Fully extend the shoulder strap
and then allow it to retract
slightly into the ALR lock mode.
Lock mode allows the seat belt to
retract only.
STEP
4
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
182
1-9. Safety information
While pushing the child restraint
system into the rear seat, allow
the shoulder belt to retract until
the child restraint system is
securely in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there is
no slack in the belt, pull the belt to
check that it cannot be extended.
If the child restraint has a top tether strap, the top tether strap
should be latched onto the top tether strap anchor. (P. 183)
■Booster seat
Place the child restraint system
on the seat facing the front of the
vehicle.
Sit the child in the child restraint
system. Fit the seat belt to the
child restraint system according
to the manufacturer's instruc-
tions and insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the belt is
not twisted.
Check that the shoulder belt is
correctly positioned over the
child's shoulder and that the lap
belt is as low as possible.
(P. 131)
STEP
4
STEP
5
STEP
1
STEP
2
183
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
Removing a child restraint installed with a seat belt
Push the buckle release button
and fully retract the seat belt.
Child restraint systems with a top tether strap (rear seats only)
■Outside seats
Remove the head restraint.
Slide the seats forward slightly if
it is in the rear-most position.
STEP
1
STEP
2
184
1-9. Safety information
Secure the child restraint using
the seat belt. Latch the hook
onto the anchor bracket and
tighten the top tether strap.
Make sure the top tether strap is
securely latched.
Replace the head restraint.
Move the seats to the rear-most
lock position.
STEP
3
Front of vehicle
STEP
4
STEP
5
185
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
■Center seat
Open the anchor bracket cover.
Secure the child restraint using
the seat belt. Latch the hook
onto the anchor bracket and
tighten the top tether strap.
Make sure the top tether strap is
securely latched.
■Laws and regulations pertaining to anchorages
The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2.
Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specifica-
tions can be used.
This vehicle is designed to conform to SAE J1819.
186
1-9. Safety information
CAUTION
■When installing a booster seat
Do not fully extend the shoulder belt to prevent the belt from going to ALR
lock mode. (P. 134)
ALR mode causes the belt to tighten only which could cause injury or dis-
comfort to the child.
■When installing a child restraint system
Follow the directions given in the child restraint system installation manual
and fix the child restraint system securely in place.
If the child restraint system is not correctly fixed in place, the child or other
passengers may be seriously injured or even killed in the event of sudden
braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
●If the driver's seat interferes with the
child restraint system and prevents it
from being attached correctly, attach
the child restraint system to the right-
hand rear seat.
●Adjust the front passenger seat or rear
seats so that it does not interfere with
the child restraint system.
●Only put a forward-facing or booster
child seat on the front seat when
unavoidable. When installing a forward-
facing or booster child seat on the front
passenger seat, move the seat as far
back as possible even if “AIR BAG
OFF” indicator light is illuminated. Fail-
ing to do so may result in death or seri-
ous injury if the airbags deploy (inflate).
187
1-9. Safety information
1
Before driving
CAUTION
■When installing a child restraint system
●When installing a child restraint system in the rear center seat, adjust both
seat cushions to the same position and align seatbacks at the same angle.
Otherwise, the child restraint system cannot be securely restrained and
this may cause death or serious injuries in the event of sudden braking,
sudden swerving or an accident.
●When using the LATCH anchors for a child restraint system, move the seat
as far back as possible (rear seat only), with the seatback close to the
child restraint system.
●When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is
positioned across the center of the child's shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from the child's neck, but not so that it could fall off the child's
shoulder. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury in the event
of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
●Ensure that the belt and tab are securely locked and the seat belt is not
twisted.
●Shake the child restraint system left and right, and forward and backward
to ensure that it has been securely installed.
●After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat.
●Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
■Do not use a seat belt extender
If a seat belt extender is used when installing a child restraint system, the
seat belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause
death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of sud-
den braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
■To correctly attach a child restraint system to the anchors
When using the LATCH anchors, be sure that there are no foreign objects
around the anchors and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child
restraint. Make sure the child restraint system is securely attached, or it may
cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of
a sudden stop, sudden swerve or accident.
188
1-9. Safety information
When driving 2
189
2-1. Driving procedures
Driving the vehicle............ 190
Power switch.................... 200
Transmission.................... 206
Turn signal lever .............. 215
Parking brake................... 216
Horn ................................. 217
2-2. Instrument cluster
Gauges and meters ......... 218
Indicators and warning
lights .............................. 223
Multi-information
display............................ 227
2-3. Operating the lights and
wipers
Headlight switch............... 234
Windshield wipers and
washer ........................... 238
Rear window wiper and
washer ........................... 241
2-4. Using other driving
systems
Cruise control................... 243
Rear view monitor
system ........................... 247
Driving assist systems ..... 251
Hill-start assist control...... 256
2-5. Driving information
Utility vehicle
precautions .................... 258
Cargo and luggage .......... 263
Vehicle load limits ............ 267
Winter driving tips ............ 268
Trailer towing ................... 273
Dinghy towing .................. 274
190
2-1. Driving procedures
Driving the vehicle
The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe driv-
ing.
■Starting the EV system
P. 200
■Driving
With the brake pedal depressed, select the D position.
(P. 206)
Check that the shift position indicator shows D.
Release the parking brake. (P. 216)
Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the
accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
■Stopping
Depress the brake pedal.
If necessary, set the parking brake.
When the vehicle is stopped for an extended period of time, push
the P position switch. (P. 209)
■Parking the vehicle
Depress the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a com-
plete stop.
Set the parking brake. (P. 216)
Push the P position switch. (P. 209)
Check that the shift position indicator shows P.
Press the “POWER” switch to stop the EV system.
Lock the door, making sure that you have the electronic key
on your person.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
191
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
Starting on a steep uphill
Firmly set the parking brake with the brake pedal depressed,
and then shift the shift position to D.
Slowly release the brake pedal and gently depress the accel-
erator pedal.
Release the parking brake.
■Driving in the rain
●Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the
windows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery.
●Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be
especially slippery.
●Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain,
because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road
surface, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly.
■Breaking in your new Toyota
To extend the life of the vehicle, observing the following precautions is rec-
ommended:
●For the first 200 miles (300 km):
Avoid sudden stops.
●For the first 1000 miles (1600 km):
• Do not drive at extremely high speeds.
• Avoid sudden acceleration.
• Do not drive at a constant speed for extended periods.
■Drum-in-disc type parking brake system
Your vehicle has a drum-in-disc type parking brake system.
This type of brake system needs bedding-down of the brake shoes periodi-
cally or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or drum are replaced.
Have your Toyota dealer perform the bedding down operation.
■Operating your vehicle in a foreign country
Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
192
2-1. Driving procedures
■For efficient use
●Shift the shift position to D when driving.
In the N position, energy cannot be regenerated during deceleration.
●Drive your vehicle smoothly.
Avoid abrupt acceleration and deceleration.
●Avoid repeated acceleration.
Repeated acceleration consumes traction battery energy, resulting in
reduced vehicle performance, including driving range.
193
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
CAUTION
■When starting the vehicle
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the EV system
operating. This prevents the vehicle from creeping.
■When driving the vehicle
●Do not drive if you are unfamiliar with the location of the brake and accel-
erator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal.
• Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake
pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident
that could result in death or serious injury.
• When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to a diffi-
culty in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly.
• Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when moving the
vehicle only slightly. This allows you to depress the brake and acceler-
ator pedals properly.
• Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake
pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emergency, result-
ing in an accident.
●Because there is no engine noise when this vehicle is being driven, pedes-
trians in the vicinity may not notice the vehicle.
Even though the vehicle is equipped with the vehicle proximity notification
system, drive with care as pedestrians in the vicinity may still not notice
the vehicle if the surrounding area is noisy.
●Do not let the vehicle roll backward while the shift position is in a driving
position, or roll forward while the shift position is in R.
Doing so may result in an accident or damage to the vehicle.
●Do not shift the shift position to P while the vehicle is moving.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
●Do not shift the shift position to R while the vehicle is moving forward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
194
2-1. Driving procedures
CAUTION
●Do not shift the shift position to D while the vehicle is moving backward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
●Shifting the shift position to N while the vehicle is moving will disengage
the EV system’s drive-train. Regenerative braking is not available with the
EV system disengaged and the transmission may be damaged.
●During normal driving, do not turn off the EV system. Turning the EV sys-
tem off while driving will not cause loss of steering or braking control, how-
ever, power assist to the steering will be lost. This will make it more difficult
to steer smoothly, so you should pull over and stop the vehicle as soon as
it is safe to do so.
In the event of an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop the
vehicle in the normal way: P. 479
●Use regenerative braking (shift position B instead of shift position D) to
maintain a safe speed when driving down a steep hill.
Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to overheat and lose
effectiveness. (P. 207)
●Do not adjust the position of the steering wheel, the seat, or the inside or
outside rear view mirrors while driving.
Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control that can cause accidents,
resulting in death or serious injury.
●Always check that all passengers' arms, heads or other parts of their body
are not outside the vehicle, as this may result in death or serious injury.
●Do not drive in excess of the speed limit. Even if the legal speed limit per-
mits it, do not drive over 85 mph (140 km/h) unless your vehicle has high-
speed capability tires. Driving over 85 mph (140 km/h) may result in tire
failure, loss of control and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer
to determine whether the tires on your vehicle are high-speed capability
tires or not before driving at such speeds.
195
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
CAUTION
■When driving on slippery road surfaces
●Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and
reduce your ability to control the vehicle, resulting in an accident.
●Sudden shifting between D and B position may accelerate or slow the
vehicle and cause the vehicle to skid, resulting in an accident.
●After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make
sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent
the brakes from functioning properly. If the brakes on only one side are wet
and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected, resulting in
an accident.
■When changing the shift position
Be careful not to change the shift position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
Changing the shift position to any positions other than P or N may cause the
vehicle to accelerate abruptly, causing an accident and resulting in death or
serious injury.
After changing the shift position, make sure to confirm the current shift posi-
tion displayed on the shift position indicator inside the meter.
■If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad wear limit indica-
tors)
Have the brake pads checked and replaced by your Toyota dealer as soon
as possible.
Rotor damage may result if the pads are not replaced when needed.
It is dangerous to drive the vehicle when the wear limits of the brake pads
and/or those of the brake discs are exceeded.
196
2-1. Driving procedures
CAUTION
■When the vehicle is stopped
●Do not depress the accelerator pedal unnecessarily.
If the vehicle is in any shift position other than P or N, the vehicle may
accelerate suddenly and unexpectedly, causing an accident.
●Do not leave the vehicle with the EV system on for a long time.
●In order to prevent accidents due to the vehicle rolling away, always keep
depressing the brake pedal while the “READY” indicator is on. Apply the
parking brake as necessary.
●If the vehicle is stopped on an incline, in order to prevent accidents caused
by the vehicle rolling forward or backward, always depress the brake pedal
and securely apply the parking brake as needed.
■When the vehicle is parked
●Make sure to firmly apply the parking brake and select the P position.
Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to move, or the vehicle to acceler-
ate suddenly if the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed. Also, when
leaving the vehicle, make sure to turn off the EV system and lock the vehi-
cle.
Sound or shuddering may not be noticed even when the electric vehicle is
ready to drive (when the “READY” indicator is illuminated).
●Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in
the vehicle when it is in the sun.
Doing so may result in the following:
• Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a
fire.
• The temperature inside the vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and
plastic material of glasses to deform or crack.
• Soft drink cans may fracture, causing the contents to spray over the
interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short circuit in the vehi-
cle's electrical components.
●Do not leave cigarette lighters in the vehicle. If a cigarette lighter is in a
place such as the glove box or on the floor, it may be lit accidentally when
luggage is loaded or the seat is adjusted, causing a fire.
197
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
CAUTION
●Do not attach adhesive discs to the windshield or windows. Do not place
containers such as air fresheners on the instrument panel or dashboard.
Adhesive discs or containers may act as lenses, causing a fire in the vehi-
cle.
●Do not leave a door or window open if the curved glass is coated with a
metallized film such as a silver-colored one. Reflected sunlight may cause
the glass to act as a lens, causing a fire.
■When taking a nap in the vehicle
Always turn the EV system off. Otherwise, you may accidentally move the
shift position or depress the accelerator pedal.
■When braking the vehicle
●When the brakes are wet, drive more cautiously.
Braking distance increases when the brakes are wet, and may cause one
side of the vehicle to brake differently than the other side. Also the parking
brake may not securely hold the vehicle.
●If the electronically controlled brake system does not operate, do not fol-
low other vehicles closely and avoid hills or sharp turns that require brak-
ing.
In this case, braking is still possible, but the brake pedal should be
depressed more firmly than usual. Also, the braking distance will increase.
Have your brakes fixed immediately.
●The brake system consists of 2 or more individual hydraulic systems; if
one of the systems fails, the other(s) will still operate. In this case, the
brake pedal should be depressed more firmly than usual and the braking
distance will increase. Have your brakes fixed immediately.
198
2-1. Driving procedures
NOTICE
■When driving the vehicle
●Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time during
driving, as this may restrain driving torque.
●Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress the accelerator and brake
pedals together to hold the vehicle on a hill.
■Avoiding damage to vehicle parts
●Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold it there for
an extended period of time.
Doing so may damage the power steering motor.
●When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid
damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc.
■If you get a flat tire while driving
A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and gradually press the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle.
●It may be difficult to control your vehicle
●The vehicle will make abnormal sounds
●The vehicle will behave abnormally
Information on what to do in case of a flat tire (P. 447)
199
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
NOTICE
■When encountering flooded roads
Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain etc. Doing so may
cause the following serious damage to the vehicle.
●Short in electrical components
●Traction battery damage caused by water immersion
In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle is flooded, be
sure to have your Toyota dealer check the following.
●Brake function
●Changes in quantity and quality of transmission fluid and so forth.
●Lubricant condition for the bearings and suspension joints (where possi-
ble), and the function of all joints, bearings, etc.
●If the P position control system is damaged by flooding, it may not be pos-
sible to shift the shift position to P, or from P to other positions. When the
shift position cannot be changed from P to any other position, the front
wheels will lock, and moving the vehicle with the front wheels on the
ground will not be possible. In this case, move the vehicle with both front
wheels or all four wheels lifted.
200
2-1. Driving procedures
Power switch
Performing the following operations when carrying the electronic
key on your person starts the EV system or changes “POWER”
switch modes.
■Starting the EV system
Check that the charging cable is disconnected. (P. 73)
Check that the parking brake is set.
Sit in the driver’s seat and firmly depress the brake pedal.
The “POWER” switch indicator turns green.
When the shift position is in N, the EV system cannot start.
Push the P position switch when starting the EV system.
Press the “POWER” switch.
Continue depressing the brake
pedal until the EV system is
completely started.
The EV system can be started
from any “POWER” switch
mode.
After a few seconds, the
“READY” indicator comes on
with a beep sound.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
201
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
■Stopping the EV system
Depress the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a com-
plete stop.
Set the parking brake. (P. 216)
Push the P position switch to
shift into P. (P. 209)
Check that the shift position
indicator on the instrument
cluster shows P. (P. 223)
Press the “POWER” switch.
The EV system will stop, and the meter display will turn off (the
shift position indicator will turn off a few seconds after the meter
display).
Slowly release the brake pedal and check that the indicator
on the “POWER” switch is off.
If you stop the EV system without setting the shift position to P, the
shift position will be changed to P automatically. You can also
change the shift position to P by pushing the P position switch.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
202
2-1. Driving procedures
■Changing “POWER” switch mode
Modes can be changed by pressing the “POWER” switch with
the brake pedal released. (The mode changes each time the
switch is pressed.)
Off
The emergency flashers can
be used.
ACCESSORY mode
Some electrical components
such as the audio system can
be used.
The “POWER” switch indicator
turns amber.
ON mode
All electrical components can
be used.
The “POWER” switch indicator
turns amber.
203
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
■Auto power off function
If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY mode for more than an hour with the
shift position in P, the “POWER” switch will automatically turn off.
■Sounds and vibrations specific to a electric vehicle
P. 30
■Electronic key battery depletion
P. 106
■Auto P position function
●If the “POWER” switch is pressed while the EV system is operating and
the vehicle is at a complete stop, the “POWER” switch will be turned to
OFF, then the shift position will be automatically switched to P.
When turning the “POWER” switch to off while the shift position is not set
to P, operate the “POWER” switch while pushing down fully on the brake
pedal. Then, release the brake pedal after confirming that the shift posi-
tion indicator on the instrument cluster shows P.
●If the auto P position function is malfunctioning, it may not be possible to
turn the “POWER” switch to off. In this event, the “POWER” switch can
be turned to off after applying the parking brake.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
■When the ambient temperature is low, such as during winter driving
conditions
Driving power may be limited due to traction battery temperature being low.
Follow the instructions on the meter display. If the vehicle has been parked
for a long time in low ambient temperatures, it may be necessary to plug in
the vehicle to warm-up and charge the traction battery before driving.
■When the P position control system malfunctions
The “POWER” switch will not be able to be turned off. In such a case, the
switch can be turned off after applying the parking brake.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
■Conditions affecting operation
P. 104
■Note for the entry function
P. 105
204
2-1. Driving procedures
■If the EV system does not start
●The immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (P. 149)
Contact your Toyota dealer.
●The charging cable may be connected to the vehicle. (P. 82)
■When the steering lock cannot be released
■When the “POWER” switch indicator flashes in amber
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer immediately.
■If the “READY” indicator does not come on
If the “READY” indicator does not come on when you press the “POWER”
switch with the shift position in P and the brake pedal pressed, contact your
Toyota dealer immediately.
■If the EV system is malfunctioning
P. 428
■When the electronic key battery is discharged
P. 383
The green indicator light on the “POWER”
switch will flash and a message will be
shown on the multi-information display.
Press the “POWER” switch again while
turning the steering wheel left and right.
205
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
CAUTION
■When starting the EV system
Always start the EV system while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not depress
the accelerator pedal while starting the EV system under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
■Stopping the EV system in an emergency
If you want to stop the EV system in an emergency while driving the vehicle,
press and hold the “POWER” switch for more than 2 seconds, or press it
briefly 3 times or more in succession. (P. 479)
However, do not touch the “POWER” switch while driving except in an emer-
gency. Turning the EV system off while driving will not cause loss of steering
or braking control, however, power assist to the steering will be lost. This will
make it more difficult to steer smoothly, so you should pull over and stop the
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
NOTICE
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the “POWER” switch in ACCESSORY or ON mode for long
periods of time without the EV system on.
■When starting the EV system
●Do not depress the accelerator pedal unnecessarily.
●If the EV system becomes difficult to start, have your vehicle checked by
your Toyota dealer immediately.
206
2-1. Driving procedures
Transmission
Select a shift position appropriate for the driving conditions.
■Shifting the shift lever
Shift lever
Operate the shift lever gently and ensure correct shifting operation.
When shifting to D or R positions, move the shift lever along
the shift gate.
To shift to N position, slide the shift lever to the left and hold
it. The shift position will change to N.
Shifting to B is only possible when shift position D is
selected.
The shift lever always returns to this original position after a
shifting operation.
When shifting from P to N, D or R; from D to R; or from R to D,
ensure that the brake pedal is being depressed and the vehicle is
stationary.
207
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
Shift position indicator
The position of the frame on the shift position indicator changes in
accordance with the current shift position.
When a shift position other than D or B is selected, the arrow toward B
and B position indicator disappear from the shift position indicator.
When selecting the shift position, make sure that the shift position
has been changed to the desired position by checking the shift
position indicator provided on the instrument panel.
■Shift position purpose
Shift position Function
PParking the vehicle/starting the EV system
RReversing
NNeutral
DNormal driving
BApplying regenerative braking when driving down
hills or on steep slopes
208
2-1. Driving procedures
■SPORT mode
By increasing the motor's out-
put when compared to normal
mode, the vehicle's accelera-
tion power and maximum
speed is increased. This mode
provides a more dynamic driv-
ing experience.
When the SPORT mode button
is pressed, the SPORT mode
indicator comes on and a mes-
sage is shown on the multi-
information display.
When the SPORT mode button
is pressed again: the indicator
turns off, the message “Sport
Driving Mode Deactivated Max
Vehicle Speed Decreased” is
shown on the multi-informa-
tion display and normal mode
is returned to.
209
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
P position switch
■When shifting the shift position to P
Fully stop the vehicle and set the
parking brake, and then press
the P position switch.
When the shift position is
changed to P, the indicator on the
P position switch illuminates.
Check that the shift position indi-
cator on the instrument cluster
shows P.
■Shifting the shift position from P to other positions
●While depressing the brake pedal firmly, operate the shift lever.
If the shift lever is operated without depressing the brake pedal,
the buzzer will sound and the shifting operation will be disabled.
●When selecting a shift position, make sure that the shift position
has been changed to the desired position by checking the shift
position indicator provided on the instrument cluster.
●The shift position cannot be changed from P to B directly.
210
2-1. Driving procedures
■For the shift positions
●When the “POWER” switch is off, the shift position cannot be changed.
●When the “POWER” switch is in ON mode (the EV system is not operat-
ing), the shift position can only be changed to N. The shift position will be
changed to N even if the shift lever is shifted to D or R and held in that
position.
●When the “READY” indicator is on, the shift position can be changed
from P to D, N or R.
●When the “READY” indicator is flashing, the shift position cannot be
changed from P to another position even if the shift lever is operated.
Wait until the “READY” indicator changes from a flashing to a solid light,
and then operate the shift lever again.
●The shift position can only be changed to B directly from D.
In addition, if the shift position is changed in any of the following situations,
the buzzer will sound and the shifting operation will be disabled or the shift
position will automatically change to N. When this happens, select an appro-
priate shift position.
● Situations where the shifting operation will be disabled:
• When the shift position is changed from P to another position while the
charging cable is connected to the vehicle.
• When the shift position is changed from P to another position without
depressing the brake pedal.
• When the shift position is changed from P or N to B.
● Situations where the shift position will automatically change to N:
• When the P position switch is pressed while the vehicle is running.*1
• When shift position R is selected when the vehicle is moving forward.*2
• When shift position D is selected when the vehicle is moving in
reverse.*3
• When the shift position is changed from R to B.
*1: Shift position may be changed to P when driving at extremely low
speeds.
*2: Shift position may be changed to R when driving at low speeds.
*3: Shift position may be changed to D when driving at low speeds.
211
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
■Reverse warning buzzer
When shifting into R, a buzzer will sound to inform the driver that the shift
position is in R.
■Automatically P position selection function
When the “POWER” switch is in ON mode while the shift position is in a
position other than P and the vehicle is stopped completely, pressing the
“POWER” switch will cause the automatic P position selection function to
operate together with the “POWER” switch being turned to off.
■If the shift position cannot be shifted from P
There is a possibility that the 12-volt battery is discharged. Check the 12-volt
battery in this situation. (P. 470)
■Using regenerative braking
When shift position D or B is selected, releasing the accelerator pedal will
apply regenerative braking.
The vehicle can be accelerated even when shift position B is selected.
If the brake pedal is depressed very quickly after the accelerator pedal is
released, the amount of regenerated energy displayed on the EV system
indicator (P. 221) may be less than expected. This is not a malfunction,
and will probably not feel any different than usual. The amount of regener-
ated energy will return to expected when the brake pedal is released and
depressed again.
■If the system malfunctions
The following situations indicate a problem with the system.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer.
●All frames of the shift position indicators in the instrument cluster flash.
●The parking system error message appears on the multi-information dis-
play.
●The instrument cluster does not come on when the “POWER” switch is in
ON mode.
212
2-1. Driving procedures
■When sport mode is selected
When sport mode is selected, the “SPORT” indicator will come on and the
speed meter circumference ring and some instrument panel lights will turn
from blue to red.
In some cases, sport mode will not be available. A buzzer will sound and
“Sport Driving Mode Not Available” is shown on the multi-information display.
If already driving in sport mode, the vehicle will automatically change back to
normal mode.
■Alarms
The following table describes circumstances and correction procedures
when only alarms sound.
Alarm Situation Correction procedure
Interior alarm
sounds once
The driver attempts to shift
out of the P position with-
out depressing the brake
pedal.
The transmission will
not move out of the P
position. Depress the
brake pedal before
attempting to shift
again.
The P position switch is
pressed while the vehicle
is moving.
The transmission will
automatically be set to
the N position. Select
the appropriate posi-
tion.
The driver attempts to shift
to the R position while the
vehicle is in forward
motion.
The driver attempts to shift
to the D position while the
vehicle is in rearward
motion.
The driver attempts to shift
to the B position while in
the R position.
213
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
*: Follow the warning message displayed.
Alarm Situation Correction procedure
Interior alarm
sounds once
The driver attempts to shift
to the B position while in
the P or N position.
The transmission will
not move out of the P or
N position. Select the
appropriate position.
The driver attempts to shift
from P position to another
position during charging.
The transmission will
not move out of the P
position. Disconnect
the charging cable,
start the EV system,
and shift again.
Interior alarm
beep sounds
and warning
message*
If the driver’s door is
opened while the transmis-
sion is in N, D or B.
Push the P position
switch.
214
2-1. Driving procedures
CAUTION
■To avoid an accident
Do not hang objects on or attach objects to the shift lever.
Doing so may cause the shift lever to move and the shift position to change.
■For the shift lever
Do not remove the shift lever knob or use anything but a genuine Toyota shift
lever knob. Also, do not hang anything on the shift lever.
Doing so could prevent the shift lever from returning to position, causing
unexpected accidents to occur when the vehicle is in motion.
■P position switch
Do not press the P position switch while the vehicle is moving.
If the P position switch is pressed when driving at very low speeds (for
example, directly before stopping the vehicle), the vehicle may stop sud-
denly when the shift position switches to P, which could lead to an accident.
NOTICE
■Situations where P position control system malfunctions are possible
If any of the following situations occur, P position control system malfunc-
tions are possible.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place on level ground, apply the park-
ing brake, and then contact your Toyota dealer.
●When the “P Lock Malfunction” warning message appears on the multi-
information display. (P. 429)
●When the shift position symbols (such as P and R) are extinguished and
the frames surrounding the shift position symbols are flashing on the shift
position indicator.
●When the shift position indicator remains off.
■Notes regarding shift lever and P position switch operation
Avoid repeatedly operating the shift lever and P position switch in quick suc-
cession.
The system protection function may activate and it will not be temporarily
possible to shift the shift position other than P. If this happens, please wait
for a while before attempting to change the shift position again.
215
2-1. Driving procedures
2
When driving
Turn signal lever
■Turn signals can be operated when
The “POWER” switch is in ON mode.
■If the indicators flash faster than usual
Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not burned
out.
The turn signal lever can be used to show the following intentions
of the driver:
Right turn
Left turn
Lane change to the right
(push and hold the lever
partway)
The right hand signals will
flash until you release the
lever.
Lane change to the left
(push and hold the lever
partway)
The left hand signals will flash
until you release the lever.
216
2-1. Driving procedures
Parking brake
■Parking brake engaged warning buzzer
P. 433
■Usage in winter time
P. 268
NOTICE
■Before driving
Fully release the parking brake.
Driving the vehicle with the parking brake set will lead to brake components
overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake
wear.
■When parking the vehicle
Before you leave the vehicle, set the parking brake, push the P position
switch and make sure that the vehicle does not move.
To set the parking brake, fully pull the parking brake lever while
depressing the brake pedal.
To release the parking brake, slightly raise the lever and lower it
completely while pressing the button.
218
2-2. Instrument cluster
Gauges and meters
The following gauges, meters and displays illuminate when the
“POWER” switch is in ON mode.
EV System Indicator
Displays the EV system output or regeneration level.
SOC (State of Charge) gauge
Displays the amount of charge remaining in the traction battery.
Driving range
Displays an estimated drivable distance according to the climate setting
and the amount of charge remaining in the traction battery.
(P. 30, 276)
Speedometer
Displays the vehicle speed.
Multi-information display
Presents the driver with a variety of driving-related data (P. 227)
219
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
Instrument panel light control
The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted.
Brighter
Darker
Odometer/trip meter
Odometer
Displays the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter
Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven since the meter was
last reset. Trip meters A and B can be used to record and display differ-
ent distances independently.
Display change button
Performs odometer, trip meter and meter display customization.
While the trip meter is being displayed: Pressing and holding the button
will reset the trip meter.
While the odometer is being displayed: Pressing and holding the button
enables Eco Driving Indicator Light and the turn-by-turn navigation to
be activated or deactivated.
220
2-2. Instrument cluster
Eco Driving Indicator Light and turn-by-turn navigation display
customization
While the odometer is being displayed, customization can be per-
formed by pressing and holding the display change button.
Each time the display change button is pressed, ECO Driving Indi-
cator Light display is activated or deactivated.
If OFF is selected, the Eco Driving Indicator Light will not be displayed.
Each time the display change button is pressed, the turn-by-turn
navigation is activated or deactivated.
If OFF is selected, the turn-by-turn navigation display will not be dis-
played.
When settings have been completed, press and hold the display
change button until the odometer is displayed.
221
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
■The meters and display illuminate when
The “POWER” switch is in ON mode.
■EV System Indicator
●By keeping the indicator needle within Eco area, more Eco-friendly driv-
ing can be achieved.
●Charge area indicates regeneration* status. Regenerated energy will be
used to charge the traction battery.
*: When used in this manual, “regeneration” refers to the conversion of
energy created by the movement of the vehicle into electrical energy.
Power area
Shows that an Eco-friendly driving
range is being exceeded (during full
power driving etc.)
Eco area
Shows that the vehicle is being driven
in an Eco-friendly manner.
Charge area
Shows that energy is being recovered
via the regenerative charging.
Eco Driving Indicator
During Eco-friendly acceleration oper-
ation (Eco driving), Eco Driving Indica-
tor Light will turn on. When the
accelerator pedal is depressed exces-
sively, and when the vehicle is
stopped, the light turns off.
Eco Driving Indicator Light will not oper-
ate in the following conditions:
●The driving mode is set to SPORT
mode.
●The vehicle speed is approximately 80
mph (130 km/h) or higher.
Eco Driving Indicator Light can be acti-
vated or deactivated. (P. 220)
222
2-2. Instrument cluster
■The brightness of the instrument panel lights
When the tail lights are turned on, the meter’s brightness will be reduced
slightly unless the meter brightness level adjustment is set to the brightest
setting.
If the tail lights are turned on when the surroundings are dark, the meter’s
brightness will reduce slightly. However, when the surroundings are bright,
such as during the daytime, the meter’s brightness will not be reduced even
if the tail lights are turned on.
223
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
Indicators and warning lights
The indicator and warning lights on the instrument cluster and cen-
ter panel inform the driver of the status of the vehicle’s various sys-
tems.
■Instrument cluster
■Center panel
224
2-2. Instrument cluster
■Outside left of vehicle
225
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
■Indicators
The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the
vehicle’s various systems.
*1: These lights turn on when the “POWER” switch is turned to ON
mode to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will
turn off after the EV system is started, or after a few seconds. There
may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or if
the lights do not turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer for details.
*2: The light flashes to indicate that the system is operating.
Turn signal indicator
(P. 215)
Cruise control indicator
(P. 243)
Headlight indicator
(P. 234)
Cruise control set indi-
cator (P. 243)
Headlight high beam
indicator (P. 235)
“TRAC OFF” indicator
(P. 252, 477)
Slip indicator
(P. 251, 256) (green)
Plug-in indicator
(P. 59)
VSC OFF indicator
(P. 252)
SPORT mode indicator
(P. 208)
(Center panel)
Security indicator
(P. 149)
Eco Driving Indicator
Light (P. 221)
“READY” indicator
(P. 200)
*1
*1, 2
*1
*1
“AIR BAG ON”
and “AIR BAG
OFF” indica-
tor (P. 166)
*1
(Center panel)
Shift position indi-
cators (P. 206)
Charging indi-
cator (P. 59)
(Outside left of the vehicle)
226
2-2. Instrument cluster
CAUTION
■If a safety system warning light does not come on
Should a safety system light such as the ABS and SRS airbag warning light
not come on when you start the EV system, this could mean that these sys-
tems are not available to help protect you in an accident, which could result
in death or serious injury. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately if this occurs.
■Warning lights
Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in any of the
vehicle’s systems. (P. 417)
*1: These lights turn on when the “POWER” switch is turned to ON
mode to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will
turn off after the EV system is started, or after a few seconds. There
may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or if
the lights do not turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer for details.
*2: The light flashes to indicate a malfunction.
*3: Driver’s/front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
*4: Both lights flash quickly for 10 seconds to indicate that the system is
malfunctioning.
(yellow)
(Center panel)
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*2
*3
*4
227
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
Multi-information display
The multi-information display presents the driver with a variety of
driving-related data.
●Trip information (P. 229)
Displays driving range, power
consumption and other cruis-
ing-related information.
●Warning messages
(P. 427)
Automatically displayed when
a malfunction occurs in one of
the vehicle’s systems.
228
2-2. Instrument cluster
■Display contents
Each time the “DISP” switch is pressed, the menu screen changes.
When the desired menu screen is displayed, stop pressing the
“DISP” switch. The details screen will soon be displayed.
*: Not shown when no destination is set or when the turn-by-turn naviga-
tion display is not activated. (P. 220, 231).
Trip information contents Switching display items
Driving range
Press the “DISP” switch.
Turn-by-turn navigation*
Efficiency
Trip efficiency
ECO coach
CO2 reduction
Aux power
229
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
Trip information
■Driving range
Displays an estimated driving range according to the
amount of charge remaining in the traction battery
and air conditioning settings.
Displays what the estimated maximum driving
range is with the air conditioning system off
according to the amount of charge remaining in the
traction battery.
Displays the amount the estimated maximum driv-
ing range is shortened according to current air con-
ditioning mode.
The climate setting is linked to the air conditioning sys-
tem, and changes according to air conditioning settings.
(P. 276)
The estimated maximum driving range is only an esti-
mate. According to driving conditions, the actual driving
range may differ. Keep early charging in mind.
The driving range according to current air conditioning
mode is displayed in the left section of the instrument
cluster. (P. 218)
230
2-2. Instrument cluster
■Efficiency
■Trip efficiency
■ECO coach
Displays average power consumption and current
power consumption.
Average power consumption
Displays the average power consumption since the
function was reset.
The function can be reset by pressing the “DISP” but-
ton for longer than 1 second when the average power
consumption/current power consumption is dis-
played.
Current power consumption
Displays current power consumption.
Displays the average power consumption in intervals
of 5 minutes. Current power consumption is simulta-
neously displayed, allowing it to be compared with
previous power consumption rates.
Evaluates the level of eco friendly driving according
to acceleration, speed and braking. An overall score
is also displayed.
Displays the average score up until now when the EV
system is turned off. (P. 232)
231
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
■CO2 reduction
■AUX Power
Turn-by-turn navigation*
Displays a notification of upcom-
ing intersections during naviga-
tion system route guidance
Turn-by-turn can be activated or
deactivated. (P. 220)
*: For more details on route guid-
ance settings, refer to “Navigation
System Owner’s Manual”.
In accordance with the amount of charging performed
since the function was last reset, the amount of CO2
reduction when compared to a conventional gasoline
vehicle is displayed as a growing tree.
The function can be reset by pressing the “DISP” button
for longer than 1 second when the CO2 reduction screen
is displayed.
Displays average 12-volt battery power consumption
and current 12-volt battery power consumption.
Average 12-volt battery consumption
Displays the average 12-volt battery power con-
sumption since the function was reset.
The function can be reset by pressing the “DISP” but-
ton for longer than 1 second when the Aux Power
screen is displayed.
Current 12-volt battery power consumption
Displays the current 12-volt battery power con-
sumption.
232
2-2. Instrument cluster
Ending screen
When the EV system is turned
off, drive information data since
the system was started is dis-
played after the ending anima-
tion.
When the driver’s door is closed,
the screen turns off.
■ECO coach
●As the accelerator pedal is not depressed, the driven distance using
cruise control is not included in the ECO coach.
●As the eco coach evaluation differs according to driving conditions and
environmental factors, in some cases it may not be linked to power con-
sumption.
■Liquid crystal display
Small spots or light spots may appear on the display. This phenomenon is
characteristic of liquid crystal displays, and there is no problem continuing to
use the display.
■Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Setting of available languages can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 500)
CAUTION
■ECO score
ECO score should be used as a guide only. Always drive safely in accor-
dance with road and traffic conditions.
233
2-2. Instrument cluster
2
When driving
NOTICE
■The multi-information display at low temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal
information display. At extremely low temperatures, the information display
monitor may respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed.
234
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
Headlight switch
The headlights can be operated manually or automatically.
The headlights,
parking lights and
daytime running
lights turn on and off
automatically.
(When the
“POWER” switch is
in ON mode)
The side marker,
parking, tail, license
plate, daytime run-
ning lights and
instrument panel
lights turn on.
The headlights and
all lights listed above
(except daytime run-
ning lights) turn on.
The daytime run-
ning lights turn off.
235
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
2
When driving
Turning on the high beam headlights
With the headlights on, push
the lever away from you to
turn on the high beams.
Pull the lever toward you to the
center position to turn the high
beams off.
Pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the high
beams once.
You can flash the high beams
with the headlights on or off.
Manual headlight leveling dial
The level of the headlights can be adjusted according to the number
of passengers and the loading condition of the vehicle.
Raises the level of the head-
lights
Lowers the level of the head-
lights
236
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
■Guide to dial settings
■Daytime running light system
●To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers, the daytime running
lights turn on automatically whenever the EV system is started and the
parking brake is released. Daytime running lights are not designed for
use at night.
●Compared to turning on the headlights, the daytime running light system
offers greater durability and consumes less electricity, so it can help
improve power consumption.
■Headlight control sensor
Occupancy and luggage load conditions Dial position
Occupants Luggage load
Driver None 0
Driver and front pas-
senger None 0
All seats occupied None 1
All seats occupied Full luggage loading 2
Driver Full luggage loading 1
The sensor may not function properly if
an object is placed on the sensor, or any-
thing that blocks the sensor is affixed to
the windshield.
Doing so interferes with the sensor
detecting the level of ambient light and
may cause the automatic headlight sys-
tem to malfunction.
237
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
2
When driving
■Automatic light off system
The headlights and tail lights turn off 30 seconds after driver’s door is
opened and closed if the “POWER” switch has been turned to ACCESSORY
mode or turned off. (The lights turn off immediately if on the key is
pressed twice after all the doors are closed.)
To turn the lights on again, turn the “POWER” switch to ON mode, or turn the
headlight switch off and then back to or .
■Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. light sensor sensitivity) can be deactivated.
(Customizable features P. 500)
NOTICE
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the EV system is off.
238
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
Windshield wipers and washer
When “INT” is selected, the wiper interval can be adjusted for inter-
mittent operation.
The wiper operation is selected by moving the lever as follows.
Intermittent wind-
shield wiper opera-
tion
Low speed wind-
shield wiper opera-
tion
High speed wind-
shield wiper opera-
tion
Temporary operation
Increases the intermittent
windshield wiper frequency
Decreases the intermittent
windshield wiper frequency
239
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
2
When driving
■The windshield wipers and washer can be operated when
The “POWER” switch is in ON mode.
■If no windshield washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked and if there is washer fluid in
the windshield washer fluid reservoir.
CAUTION
■Caution regarding the use of washer fluid
When it is cold, do not use the washer fluid until the windshield becomes
warm. The fluid may freeze on the windshield and cause low visibility. This
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
Wash/wipe operation
The wipers will automatically
operate a couple of times after
the washer squirts.
240
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
NOTICE
■When the windshield is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield.
■When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may over-
heat.
■When a nozzle becomes blocked
In this case, contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.
241
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
2
When driving
Rear window wiper and washer
■The rear window wiper and washer can be operated when
The “POWER” switch is in ON mode.
■If no washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzle is not blocked if there is washer fluid in the
washer fluid reservoir.
The wiper operation is selected by moving the lever as follows:
Intermittent window
wiper operation
Normal window
wiper operation
Washer/wiper dual
operation
Washer/wiper dual
operation
242
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
NOTICE
■When the rear window is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the rear window.
■When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may over-
heat.
■When a nozzle is blocked
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.
243
2
When driving
2-4. Using other driving systems
Cruise control
Use the cruise control to maintain a set speed without depressing
the accelerator pedal.
Indicators
Cruise control switch
■Setting the vehicle speed
Press the “ON-OFF” button to
activate the cruise control.
Cruise control indicator will
come on.
Press the button again to
deactivate the cruise control.
Accelerate or decelerate the
vehicle to the desired speed,
and push the lever down to set
the speed.
“SET” indicator will come on.
The vehicle speed at the
moment the lever is released
becomes the set speed.
STEP
1
STEP
2
244
2-4. Using other driving systems
■Adjusting the set speed
To change the set speed, operate the lever until the desired set
speed is obtained.
Increase the speed
Decrease the speed
Hold the lever until the desired
speed setting is obtained.
Fine adjustment: Momentarily
move the lever in the desired
direction.
Large adjustment: Hold the
lever in the desired direction.
The set speed will be increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By approximately 1 mph (1.6 km/h) each time the
lever is operated.
Large adjustment: The set speed can be increased or decreased con-
tinually until the lever is released.
■Canceling and resuming the constant speed control
Pulling the lever toward you
cancels the constant speed
control.
The speed setting is also can-
celed when the brakes are
applied.
Pushing the lever up
resumes the constant
speed control.
Resuming is available when
the vehicle speed is more
than approximately 25 mph
(40 km/h).
245
2-4. Using other driving systems
2
When driving
■Cruise control can be set when
●The shift position is in D.
●Vehicle speed is above approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) and below the
maximum vehicle speed.
Maximum vehicle speed differs according to driving mode. (P. 208)
■Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed
●The vehicle can be accelerated normally. After acceleration, the set
speed resumes.
●Even without canceling the cruise control, the set speed can be
increased by first accelerating the vehicle to the desired speed and then
pushing the lever down to set the new speed.
■Automatic cruise control cancelation
Cruise control will stop maintaining the vehicle speed in any of the following
situations.
●Actual vehicle speed falls more than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h)
below the preset vehicle speed.
At this time, the memorized set speed is not retained.
●Actual vehicle speed is below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
●VSC is activated.
■If the cruise control indicator light flashes and “Check Cruise Control
System” is shown on the multi-information display
There may be a malfunction in the cruise control system. Have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
246
2-4. Using other driving systems
CAUTION
■To avoid operating the cruise control by mistake
Switch the cruise control off using the “ON-OFF” button when not in use.
■Situations unsuitable for cruise control
Do not use cruise control in any of the following situations.
Doing so may result in loss of control and could cause an accident resulting
in death or serious injury.
●In heavy traffic
●On roads with sharp bends
●On winding roads
●On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
●On steep hills
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.
247
2-4. Using other driving systems
2
When driving
Rear view monitor system
The rear view monitor system assists the driver by displaying an
image of the area behind the vehicle. The image is displayed in
reverse on the screen. This reversed image is a similar image to the
one on the inside rear view mirror.
The rear view image is dis-
played when the shift position
is in R.
If the shift position is changed
out of R, the screen returns to
the previous one.
248
2-4. Using other driving systems
■Displayed area
The area covered by the camera is lim-
ited. Objects that are close to either
corner of the bumper or under the
bumper cannot be seen on the screen.
The area displayed on the screen may
vary according to vehicle orientation or
road conditions.
Corners of bumper
249
2-4. Using other driving systems
2
When driving
■Rear view monitor system camera
■Smear effect
In the following cases, it may become
difficult to see the images on the
screen, even when the system is func-
tioning correctly:
●The vehicle is in a dark area, such
as at night.
●The temperature near the lens is
extremely high or low.
●Water droplets are on the camera
lens or humidity is high, such as
when it rains.
●Foreign matter, such as snow or
mud, adheres to the camera lens.
●The camera has scratches or dirt on
it.
●The sun or headlights are shining
directly into the camera lens.
If a bright light, such as sunlight
reflected off the vehicle body, is picked
up by the camera, a smear effect* char-
acteristic to the camera may occur.
*: Smear effect A phenomenon that
occurs when a bright light is picked
up by the camera; when transmitted
by the camera, the light source
appears to have a vertical streak
above and below it.
250
2-4. Using other driving systems
CAUTION
■When using the rear view monitor system, observe the following pre-
cautions to avoid an accident that could result in death or serious inju-
ries:
●Never depend solely on the monitor system when reversing.
●Always check visually and with the mirrors to confirm your intended path is
clear.
●Depicted distances between objects and flat surfaces differ from actual
distances.
●Do not use the system if the back door is open.
■Conditions which may affect the rear view monitor system
●If the back of the vehicle has been hit, the camera’s position and mounting
angle may have changed. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
●Rapid temperature changes, such as when hot water is poured on the
vehicle in cold weather, may cause the system to function abnormally.
●If the camera lens is dirty, it cannot transmit a clear image. Rinse with
water and wipe with a soft cloth. If extremely dirty, wash with a mild
cleanser and rinse.
●The displayed image may be darker and moving images may be slightly
distorted when the system is cold.
●As the camera has a water proof construction, do not detach, disassemble
or modify it. This may cause incorrect operation.
●Do not allow organic solvent, car wax, window cleaner or glass coat to
adhere to the camera. If this happens, wipe it off as soon as possible.
●If the temperature changes rapidly, such as when hot water is poured on
the vehicle in cold weather, the system may not operate normally.
●When the camera is used under fluorescent lights, sodium lights, or mer-
cury lights, the lights and the illuminated areas may appear to flicker.
●When washing the vehicle, do not apply intensive bursts of water to the
camera or camera area. Doing so may result in the camera malfunction-
ing.
251
2-4. Using other driving systems
2
When driving
Driving assist systems
When the TRAC/VSC/ABS systems are operating
The slip indicator light will flash
while the TRAC/VSC/ABS sys-
tems are operating.
To help enhance driving safety and performance, the following sys-
tems operate automatically in response to various driving situations.
Be aware, however, that these systems are supplementary and
should not be relied upon too heavily when operating the vehicle.
■ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly, or if
the brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface
■Brake assist
Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal is
depressed, when the system detects a panic stop situation
■VSC (Vehicle Stability Control)
Helps the driver to control skidding when swerving suddenly or turning
on slippery road surfaces
■TRAC (Traction Control)
Helps to maintain drive power and prevent the drive wheels from spin-
ning when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slippery roads
■Hill-start assist control
P. 256
■EPS (Electric Power Steering)
Employs an electric motor to reduce the amount of effort needed to turn
the steering wheel
252
2-4. Using other driving systems
Disabling the TRAC system
If the vehicle gets stuck in mud, dirt or snow, the TRAC system may
reduce power from the EV system to the wheels. Pressing to turn
the system off may make it easier for you to rock the vehicle in order
to free it.
To turn the TRAC system off,
quickly press and release .
The “TRAC OFF” indicator light
will come on.
Press again to turn the sys-
tem back on.
■Turning off both TRAC and VSC systems
To turn the TRAC and VSC systems off, press and hold for more than 3
seconds while the vehicle is stopped.
The “TRAC OFF” indicator light and VSC OFF indicator light will come on.
Press again to turn the systems back on.
■When the “TRAC OFF” indicator light comes on even if the VSC OFF
switch has not been pressed
TRAC cannot be operated. Contact your Toyota dealer.
253
2-4. Using other driving systems
2
When driving
■Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, brake assist, TRAC, and
VSC systems
●A sound may be heard from the motor compartment when the EV system
is started or just after the vehicle begins to move, if the brake pedal is
depressed forcefully or repeatedly, or 1 - 2 minutes after the EV system is
stopped. This sound does not indicate that a malfunction has occurred in
any of these systems.
●Any of the following conditions may occur when the above systems are
operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred.
• Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering.
• A motor sound may be heard after the vehicle comes to a stop.
• The brake pedal may pulsate slightly after the ABS is activated.
• The brake pedal may move down slightly after the ABS is activated.
■EPS operation sound
When the steering wheel is operated, a motor sound (whirring sound) may
be heard. This does not indicate a malfunction.
■Automatic reactivation of TRAC and VSC systems
After turning the TRAC and VSC systems off, the systems will be automati-
cally re-enabled in the following situations:
●When the “POWER” switch is turned off
●If only the TRAC system is turned off, the TRAC will turn on when vehicle
speed increases
If both the TRAC and VSC systems are turned off, automatic re-enabling
will not occur when vehicle speed increases.
■Reduced effectiveness of the EPS system
The effectiveness of the EPS system is reduced to prevent the system from
overheating when there is frequent steering input over an extended period of
time. The steering wheel may feel heavy as a result. Should this occur,
refrain from excessive steering input or stop the vehicle and turn the EV sys-
tem off. The EPS system should return to normal within 10 minutes.
■If the slip indicator comes on...
It may indicate a malfunction in the TRAC, VSC and ABS. Contact your
Toyota dealer.
254
2-4. Using other driving systems
CAUTION
■The ABS does not operate effectively when
●The limits of tire gripping performance have been exceeded (such as
excessively worn tires on a snow covered road).
●The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on wet or slick roads.
■Stopping distance when the ABS is operating may exceed that of nor-
mal conditions
The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicle's stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you, especially in the fol-
lowing situations:
●When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads
●When driving with tire chains
●When driving over bumps in the road
●When driving over roads with potholes or uneven surfaces
■TRAC may not operate effectively when
Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slip-
pery road surfaces, even if the TRAC system is operating.
Drive the vehicle carefully in conditions where stability and power may be
lost.
■When the VSC is activated
The slip indicator light flashes. Always drive carefully. Reckless driving may
cause an accident. Exercise particular care when the indicator light flashes.
■When the TRAC/VSC systems are turned off
Be especially careful and drive at a speed appropriate to the road condi-
tions. As these are the systems to ensure vehicle stability and driving force,
do not turn the TRAC/VSC systems off unless necessary.
255
2-4. Using other driving systems
2
When driving
CAUTION
■Replacing tires
Make sure that all tires are of the specified size, brand, tread pattern and
total load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the
recommended tire inflation pressure level.
The ABS, TRAC and VSC systems will not function correctly if different tires
are installed on the vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for further information when replacing tires or
wheels.
■Handling of tires and the suspension
Using tires with any kind of problem or modifying the suspension will affect
the driving assist systems, and may cause a system to malfunction.
256
2-4. Using other driving systems
Hill-start assist control
■Hill-start assist control operating conditions
●The system operates in the following situations:
• The shift position is in a position other than P.
• The parking brake is not applied.
• The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
●Hill-start assist control cannot be operated while the slip indicator light is
illuminated.
■Hill-start assist control
●While hill-start assist control is operating, the brakes remain automati-
cally applied after the driver releases the brake pedal. The stop lights and
the high mounted stoplight turn on.
●Hill-start assist control operates for about 2 seconds after the brake pedal
is released.
●If the slip indicator does not flash and the buzzer does not sound when
the brake pedal is further depressed, slightly reduce the pressure on the
brake pedal (do not allow the vehicle to roll backward) and then firmly
depress it again. If the system still does not operate, check that the oper-
ating conditions explained above have been met.
Assists with starting off and temporarily maintains braking power
even if the foot is removed from the brake pedal when starting off on
an incline or a slippery slope.
To engage hill-start assist con-
trol, further depress the brake
pedal when the vehicle is
stopped completely.
A buzzer will sound once to
indicate the system is acti-
vated. The slip indicator will
also start flashing.
257
2-4. Using other driving systems
2
When driving
■Hill-start assist control buzzer
●When hill-start assist control is activated, the buzzer will sound once.
●In the following situations, hill-start assist control will be canceled and the
buzzer will sound twice.
• No attempt is made to drive the vehicle within approximately 2 seconds
of releasing the brake pedal.
• The P position switch is pushed.
• The parking brake is applied.
• The brake pedal is depressed again.
• The brake pedal has been depressed for more than approximately 3
minutes.
■If the slip indicator comes on
It may indicate a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
■Hill-start assist control
●Do not overly rely on hill-start assist control. Hill-start assist control may
not operate effectively on steep inclines and roads covered with ice.
●Unlike the parking brake, hill-start assist control is not intended to hold the
vehicle stationary for an extended period of time. Do not attempt to use
hill-start assist control to hold the vehicle on an incline, as doing so may
lead to an accident.
258
2-5. Driving information
Utility vehicle precautions
Utility vehicle feature
●Specific design characteristics give it a higher center of gravity
than ordinary passenger cars. This vehicle design feature causes
this type of vehicle to be more likely to rollover. And, utility vehicles
have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehi-
cles.
●This vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as
ordinary passenger cars. Therefore, sharp turns at excessive
speeds may cause rollover.
●This vehicle is an electric vehicle. It has a heavy traction battery
mounted under the floor, giving the vehicle a lower ground clear-
ance than that of conventional off-road vehicles. Avoid off-road
driving as it may damage the traction batteries.
This vehicle belongs to the utility vehicle class, which has higher
ground clearance and narrower tread in relation to the height of its
center of gravity as compared to ordinary passenger cars.
259
2-5. Driving information
2
When driving
CAUTION
■Utility vehicle precautions
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of serious per-
sonal injury or damage to your vehicle:
●In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die
than a person wearing a seat belt. Therefore, the driver and all passengers
should fasten their seat belts whenever the vehicle is moving.
●Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, if at all possible. Failure to operate
this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover caus-
ing death or serious injury.
●Avoid loading any items on the roof that will raise the vehicle’s center of
gravity.
●Always slow down in gusty crosswinds. Because of its profile and taller
vehicle height, this vehicle is more sensitive to side winds than an ordinary
passenger car. Slowing down will allow you to have better control.
●This vehicle is an electric vehicle. Avoid driving through deep water that
may cause the battery pack, motor or motor controller to be submerged or
flooded. Furthermore, this vehicle is not suitable for off-road driving, unlike
conventional sport utility vehicles. When it is unavoidable to drive off-road
or in rugged terrain, do not drive at excessive speeds, jump, make sharp
turns, strike objects, etc. This may cause loss of control or vehicle rollover
causing death or serious injury. You are also risking expensive damage to
your vehicle’s suspension, chassis and traction batteries.
●Do not drive horizontally across steep slopes. Driving straight up or
straight down is preferred. Your vehicle (or any similar vehicle) can tip over
sideways much more easily than forward or backward.
260
2-5. Driving information
Off-road driving
Your vehicle is not designed to be driven off-road. However, in the
event that off-road driving cannot be avoided, please observe the fol-
lowing precautions to help avoid the areas prohibited to vehicles.
●Drive your vehicle only in areas where off-road vehicles are permit-
ted to travel.
●Respect private property. Get owner’s permission before entering
private property.
●Do not enter areas that are closed. Honor gates, barriers and signs
that restrict travel.
●Stay on established roads. When conditions are wet, driving tech-
niques should be changed or travel delayed to prevent damage to
roads.
●Avoid driving on very steep, slippery roads and other surfaces,
such as sand, where the tires are liable to lose traction.
261
2-5. Driving information
2
When driving
CAUTION
■Off-road driving precautions
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of serious per-
sonal injury or damage to your vehicle:
●Drive carefully when off-road driving is unavoidable. Do not take unneces-
sary risks by driving in dangerous places.
●Do not grip the steering wheel spokes when off-road driving is unavoid-
able. A bad bump could jerk the wheel and injure your hands. Keep both
hands and especially your thumbs on the outside of the rim.
●Always check your brakes for effectiveness immediately after driving in
sand, mud, water or snow.
●When it is unavoidable to drive through tall grass, mud, rock, sand, etc.,
take care not to damage the traction batteries equipped under the floor.
After driving through such terrain, check that there is no grass, bush,
paper, rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering or trapped on the underbody. Clear
off any such matter from the underbody. If the vehicle is used with these
materials trapped or adhering to the underbody, a breakdown or fire could
occur.
●When driving off-road is unavoidable, do not drive at excessive speeds,
jump, make sharp turns, strike objects, etc. This may cause loss of control
or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury. You are also risking
expensive damage to your vehicle’s suspension, chassis, drive unit or the
traction batteries.
262
2-5. Driving information
NOTICE
■To prevent water damage
Take all necessary safety measures to ensure that water damage to the trac-
tion battery and motor or other components does not occur.
●Water entering the motor will cause severe motor damage.
●Water entering the traction battery may cause short-circuit.
●Water can wash the grease from wheel bearings, causing rusting and pre-
mature failure, and may also enter the differential and transmission case,
reducing the gear oil’s lubricating qualities.
■When you drive through water
When driving through water is unavoidable, drive slowly, taking extreme cau-
tion to avoid deep water.
263
2-5. Driving information
2
When driving
Cargo and luggage
Capacity and distribution
Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) — (Total weight of occupants)
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit
(1)Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle's
placard.
(2)Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
(3)Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4)The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity.
For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will
be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 150) =
650 lbs.)
(5)Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the avail-
able cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
Take notice of the following information about storage precau-
tions, cargo capacity and load.
●Stow cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment whenever
possible.
●Be sure all items are secured in place.
●To maintain vehicle balance while driving, position luggage
evenly within the luggage compartment.
●For better power economy, do not carry unnecessary weight.
264
2-5. Driving information
(6)If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how
this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
(P. 267)
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle. Your vehi-
cle is not designed for trailer towing.
Calculation formula for your vehicle
Cargo capacity
Total load capacity (vehicle
capacity weight) (P. 482)
When 2 people with the combined weight of A lb. (kg) are riding in
your vehicle, which has a total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight)
of B lb. (kg), the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity
will be C lb. (kg) as follows:
B*2 lb. (kg) - A*1 lb. (kg) = C*3 lb. (kg)
*1: A = Weight of people
*2: B = Total load capacity
*3: C = Available cargo and luggage load
In this condition, if 3 more passengers with the combined weight of D lb.
(kg) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be reduced E lb. (kg)
as follows:
C lb. (kg) - D*4 lb. (kg) = E*5 lb. (kg)
*4: D =Additional weight of people
*5: E =Available cargo and luggage load
265
2-5. Driving information
2
When driving
As shown in the example above, if the number of occupants
increases, the cargo and luggage load will be reduced by an amount
that equals the increased weight due to the additional occupants. In
other words, if an increase in the number of occupants causes an
excess of the total load capacity (combined weight of occupants plus
cargo and luggage load), you must reduce the cargo and luggage on
your vehicle.
CAUTION
■Things that must not be carried in the luggage compartment
The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the luggage compart-
ment.
●Receptacles containing gasoline
●Aerosol cans
■Storage precautions
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
●Stow cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment whenever possi-
ble.
●Do not stack anything in the luggage compartment higher than the
seatbacks.
Such items may be thrown about and possibly injure people in the
vehicle in the event of sudden braking or in an accident.
●Do not place cargo or luggage in or on the following locations as the
item may get under the brake or accelerator pedal and prevent the
pedals from being depressed properly, block the driver’s vision, or hit
the driver or passengers, causing an accident:
• At the feet of the driver
• On the front passenger or rear seats (when stacking items)
• On the instrument panel
• On the dashboard
266
2-5. Driving information
CAUTION
●Secure all items in the occupant compartment, as they may shift and
injure someone during sudden braking, sudden swerving or an acci-
dent.
●When you fold down the rear seats, long items should not be place
directly behind the front seats.
●Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is not
designed for passengers. They should ride in their seats with their seat
belts properly fastened. Otherwise, they are much more likely to suffer
death or serious bodily injury, in the event of sudden braking, sudden
swerving or an accident.
■Capacity and distribution
●Do not exceed the maximum axle weight rating or the total vehicle
weight rating.
●Even if the total load of occupant's weight and the cargo load is less
than the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly.
Improper loading may cause deterioration of steering or braking con-
trol which may cause death or serious injury.
267
2-5. Driving information
2
When driving
Vehicle load limits
■Total load capacity and seating capacity
These details are also described on the tire and loading information
label. (P. 374)
CAUTION
■Overloading the vehicle
Do not overload the vehicle.
It may not only cause damage to the tires, but also degrade steering and
braking ability, resulting in an accident.
Vehicle load limits include total load capacity, seating capacity,
towing capacity and cargo capacity.
■Total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight): (P. 482)
Total load capacity means the combined weight of occupants, cargo
and luggage.
■Seating capacity: 5 occupants (Front 2, Rear 3)
Seating capacity means the maximum number of occupants whose
estimated average weight is 150 lb. (68 kg) per person.
■Towing capacity
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle.
■Cargo capacity
Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the weight
and the number of occupants.
268
2-5. Driving information
Winter driving tips
Carry out the necessary preparations and inspections before driving
the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a manner appropri-
ate to the prevailing weather conditions.
■Pre-winter preparations
●Use fluids that are appropriate to the prevailing outside tem-
peratures.
• Motor coolant
• Heater coolant
• Traction battery coolant
• Washer fluid
●Have a service technician inspect the condition of the 12-volt
battery.
●Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set
of tire chains for the front tires.
Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains
match the size of the tires.
■Before driving the vehicle
Perform the following according to the driving conditions:
●Do not try to forcibly open a window or move a wiper that is
frozen. Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice.
Wipe away the water immediately to prevent it from freezing.
●Do not try to forcibly open the charging port cap if it is frozen.
Melt the ice using a hair dryer, immediately and thoroughly
wiping away any moisture.
●To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan,
remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents
in front of the windshield.
●Check for and remove any excess ice or snow that may have
accumulated on the exterior lights, vehicle's roof, chassis,
around the tires or on the brakes.
269
2-5. Driving information
2
When driving
Selecting tire chains
Use the correct tire chain size when mounting the snow chains.
Chain size is regulated for each tire size.
Side chain
0.12 in. (3 mm) in diameter
0.39 in. (10 mm) in width
1.18 in. (30 mm) in length
Cross chain
0.16 in. (4 mm) in diameter
0.55 in. (14 mm) in width
0.98 in. (25 mm) in length
●Remove any snow or mud from the bottom of your shoes
before getting in the vehicle.
■When driving the vehicle
Accelerate the vehicle slowly, keep a safe distance between you
and the vehicle ahead, and drive at a reduced speed suitable to
road conditions.
■When parking the vehicle
Park the vehicle and push the P position switch without setting
the parking brake. The parking brake may freeze up, preventing
it from being released. If necessary, block the wheels to prevent
inadvertent sliding or creeping.
270
2-5. Driving information
Regulations on the use of tire chains
●Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary depending on
location and type of road. Always check local regulations before
installing chains.
●Install the chains on the front tires.
■Tire chain installation
Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains:
●Install and remove tire chains in a safe location.
●Install tire chains on the front tires only. Do not install tire chains on
the rear tires.
●Install tire chains on front tires as tightly as possible. Retighten chains
after driving 1/4 1/2 mile (0.5 1.0 km).
●Install tire chains following the instructions provided with the tire
chains.
271
2-5. Driving information
2
When driving
CAUTION
■Driving with snow tires
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.
●Use tires of the size specified.
●Maintain the recommended level of air pressure.
●Do not drive in excess of 75 mph (120 km/h), regardless of the type of
snow tires being used.
●Use snow tires on all, not just some wheels.
●Do not mix tires of different makes, models, tread patterns or tread-
wear.
■Driving with tire chains
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven
safely, and may cause death or serious injury.
●Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains
being used, or 30 mph (50 km/h), whichever is lower.
●Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes.
●Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shift-
ing operations that cause sudden regenerative braking.
●Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle
control is maintained.
272
2-5. Driving information
NOTICE
■Repairing or replacing snow tires
Request repairs or replacement of snow tires from Toyota dealers or
legitimate tire retailers.
This is because the removal and attachment of snow tires affects the
operation of the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters.
■Fitting tire chains
The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not function cor-
rectly when tire chains are fitted.
273
2-5. Driving information
2
When driving
Trailer towing
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle.
Toyota also does not recommend the installation of a tow hitch or
the use of a tow hitch carrier for a wheelchair, scooter, bicycle, etc.
Your vehicle is not designed for trailer towing or for the use of tow
hitch mounted carriers.
274
2-5. Driving information
Dinghy towing
NOTICE
■To avoid serious damage to your vehicle
Do not tow your vehicle with the four wheels on the ground.
Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with 4 wheels on
the ground) behind a motor home.
275
2-5. Driving information
2
When driving
Interior features 3
275
3-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger
Automatic air
conditioning system ....... 276
Rear window and outside
rear view mirror
defoggers....................... 292
3-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list............... 293
• Personal/interior light
main switch.................... 294
• Personal/interior
lights .............................. 294
• Interior light.................... 295
• Luggage compartment
light ................................ 295
3-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features .... 296
• Glove box....................... 297
• Console box................... 298
• Cup holders ................... 299
• Bottle holders................. 300
• Auxiliary boxes............... 302
3-4. Other interior features
Sun visors ........................ 304
Vanity mirrors................... 305
Power outlets ................... 306
Seat heaters..................... 310
Armrest ............................ 313
Coat hooks....................... 314
Assist grips....................... 315
Floor mat.......................... 316
Luggage compartment
features.......................... 317
Garage door opener......... 320
Safety Connect ................ 326
276
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Automatic air conditioning system
The driving distance of the RAV4 EV is affected by the method of air
conditioning use. In order to extend driving range, Toyota recom-
mends using AUTO ECO mode and setting temperatures conserva-
tively.
The effect on driving range can be confirmed on the meter. (P. 218)
■Operation mode
Mode ECO setting Details
AUTO
ECO LO
(Recommended)
Air conditioning is operated automati-
cally, maintaining an optimal balance
between cabin comfort and driving
range. The seat heater is also linked
and controlled depending on condi-
tions.
ECO HI
Air conditioning is operated automati-
cally. More importance is placed on
extending driving range than in ECO
LO mode and the air conditioning is
used moderately. The seat heater is
also linked and controlled depending
on conditions.
Normal
Air conditioning is operated automati-
cally with more importance placed on
cabin comfort than ECO LO mode.
Therefore, driving range is shorter
than when using ECO LO mode.
Manual
ECO
Fan speed adjustment or changing
air outlets is performed manually.
Functions that have not been set in
Manual mode will continue to operate
in AUTO ECO mode. The seat heater
is also linked and controlled depend-
ing on conditions.
Normal Fan speed adjustment or changing
air outlets is performed manually.
277
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
3
Interior features
■Pre-climate (Remote Climate Control)
By setting the schedule, the air conditioning system can be
turned on before getting in the vehicle. (P. 53)
Even if the schedule has not been set, for users who own a
smart phone, the air conditioning system can be turned on and
off when away from the vehicle. (P. 58)
■Control panel
The operating section of the air conditioning panel uses capaci-
tive touch sensors. (P. 290)
Eco mode
Driver’s side temperature
control Air outlet selector
Fan speed
control
Off
SYNC mode
Outside/recirculated
air mode
Automatic mode
Windshield defogger
HVAC
display
Passenger’s side temperature control
Cooling and
dehumidification
function on/off
278
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Using the AUTO ECO mode or AUTO mode
AUTO ECO mode
Touch .
The air conditioning system
begins to operate in AUTO ECO
LO mode. Air outlets and fan
speed are automatically adjusted
according to the temperature
setting.
In AUTO ECO mode, depending
on the outside temperature and
the set temperature, the seat
heater operates, and the seat
heater’s temperature is automati-
cally adjusted. (P. 310)
When in AUTO mode, air condi-
tioning operation status is not
shown.
■Display
AUTO mode display
ECO mode display
Cooling and dehumidification
function display
Passenger’s side
temperature
display
Passenger’s
side seat
heater display
Outside/recirculated
air mode display
Rear window defogger display
Fan speed
display
Air outlet display
Driver’s side seat heater
display
Driver’s side
temperature
display
279
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
3
Interior features
AUTO mode
Touch .
The air conditioning system
begins to operate. Air outlets and
fan speed are automatically
adjusted according to the tem-
perature setting.
When in AUTO mode, air condi-
tioning operation status is not
shown.
■Confirming AUTO mode operation status
When in AUTO mode, the operation status of fan speed, air outlet
mode, outside/recirculated air mode and whether the A/C is on or
off can be confirmed on the display by touching .
The display will return to its previous state after a few seconds.
■Changing AUTO mode
Each time is touched, AUTO mode changes.
280
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Using the Manual ECO mode or Manual mode
If the following operations are performed while in AUTO ECO mode,
the air conditioning system will change to Manual ECO mode. The
system will also change to Manual mode if operations are performed
when the system is off or in AUTO normal mode.
To adjust the fan speed, touch
on to increase the fan
speed and to decrease the
fan speed.
To turn the fan off, press .
To change the air outlets, press
.
The air outlets used are switched
each time the button is pressed.
(P. 283)
STEP
1
STEP
2
281
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
3
Interior features
Changing the set temperature
Driver’s side setting
Touch on to increase
the temperature and to
decrease the temperature.
Passenger’s side setting
Touch on to increase
the temperature and to
decrease the temperature.
282
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
■Passenger’s side setting using “SYNC” mode
When “SYNC” mode is turned on, the passenger’s side tempera-
ture will be linked to the driver's side temperature setting.
Touch .
If “SYNC” mode is on, “SYNC” is
shown on the passenger's side
temperature display.
Each time is touched,
“SYNC” mode changes between
on/off.
Defogging the windshield
Press .
The dehumidification function
operates and fan speed
increases.
Set the outside/recirculated air
mode switch to outside air mode
if the recirculated air mode is
used. (It may switch automati-
cally.)
To defog the windshield and the
side windows early, turn the air
flow and temperature up.
To return to the previous mode,
press again when the
windshield is defogged.
283
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
3
Interior features
Air outlets and air flow
AUTO mode: The air outlets switch automatically according to condi-
tions. The air flow mode can be confirmed by touching .
Manual mode: The air outlets
switch each time is
pressed.
Air flows to the upper body.
284
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Air flows to the upper body and
feet.
Air flows mainly to the feet.
Air flows to the feet and the
windshield defogger operates.
285
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
3
Interior features
Adjusting the position of the air outlets
Center outlets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.
Right and left side outlets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.
Opening and closing the side outlets
Open the vent.
Close the vent.
286
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Touch .
The mode switches between (recirculated air mode) and (out-
side air mode) each time is touched. (When is shown on the
display, changing from to is not possible.)
■Using automatic mode
Fan speed is adjusted automatically according to the temperature setting
and the ambient conditions.
Therefore, the fan may stop for a while until warm or cool air is ready to flow
after or is pressed.
■Fogging up of the windows
●The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high.
Turning on will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the
windshield effectively.
●If you turn off, the windows may fog up more easily.
●The windows may fog up if the (recirculated air mode) is used.
●When the outside air temperature is low, it may take a while for the con-
densation to clear from the windshield.
■Windshield fog detection function
When automatic mode is set, the humidity sensor (P. 291) detects fog on
the windshield and controls the air conditioning system to prevent fog.
287
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
3
Interior features
■Outside/recirculated air mode
●When driving on dusty roads such as tunnels or in heavy traffic, set the
outside/recirculated air mode button to the recirculated air mode. This is
effective in preventing outside air from entering the vehicle interior. Dur-
ing cooling operation, setting the recirculated air mode will also cool the
vehicle interior effectively.
●Outside/recirculated air mode may automatically switch depending on
the temperature setting, the inside temperature, the outside temperature
and humidity.
Also, outside air mode may be automatically switched to when the out-
side temperature is low.
■When the outside temperature exceeds 75F (24C) and the air condi-
tioning system is on
●In order to reduce the air conditioning power consumption, the air condi-
tioning system may switch to recirculated air mode automatically. This
may also reduce traction battery power consumption.
●Recirculated air mode is selected as a default mode when the “POWER”
switch is turned to ON mode.
●It is possible to switch to outside air mode at any time by touching .
■Air conditioning odors
●During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter
into and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause
odor to be emitted from the vents.
●To reduce potential odors from occurring:
• It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to outside air
mode prior to turning the vehicle off.
• The start timing of the blower may be delayed for a short period of time
after the air conditioning system is started in AUTO mode.
■Air conditioning filter
P. 381
288
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
■Operation of the air conditioning system in AUTO ECO mode
In the AUTO ECO mode, the air conditioning system is controlled as follows
to prioritize driving range:
●Compressor operation controlled to restrict heating/cooling capacity
●Fan speed restricted when automatic mode is selected
■The seat heater when using ECO LO or ECO HI mode
Depending on the outside temperature and the set temperature, the seat
heater is automatically operated and its temperature adjusted. The seat
heater can be adjusted to a desired temperature using the seat heater con-
trol. (P. 310)
When it is desirable to set the cabin tem-
perature to a more comfortable one,
move the operating mode closer to
“NORMAL” by pressing ECO. When it is
desirable to increase driving range, move
the selected mode closer to “OFF” by
pressing ECO.
More
importance
on driving
range
More
importance
on comfort
289
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
3
Interior features
■If the amount of charge remaining in the traction battery becomes low
Depending on the battery’s condition, the air conditioning system’s usage
may be restricted or stopped (excluding the windshield defogger). If the air
conditioning is restricted or turned off, one of the following messages will be
shown on the HVAC display.
Warning message Details
(Shown for a few seconds)
Climate Control Power possibly
limited.
• The traction battery output is low.
Any climate control setting can be
selected.
(Shown continually)
Climate Control Power stopped.
• The traction battery level is very
low.
• The traction battery output is very
low.
Only the windshield defogger and
rear window defogger can be
selected.
(Shown for a few seconds)
Climate Control Power possibly
limited.
• The traction battery temperature
is high.
Some climate control setting can-
not be selected.
290
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
■Handling of the air conditioning panel
The operating section of the air conditioning panel uses capacitive touch
sensors. In the following cases, incorrect operation or non-response may
occur.
●If the operating section is dirty or has liquid attached to it, incorrect oper-
ation or non-response may occur.
●If the operating section receives electromagnetic waves, incorrect opera-
tion or non-response may occur.
●If wearing gloves during operation, non-response may occur.
●If fingernails are used to operate the system, non-response may occur.
●If a touch pen is used to operate the system, non-response may occur.
●If the palm of your hand touches the operating section during operation,
incorrect operation may occur.
●If the palm of your hand touches the operating section, incorrect opera-
tion may occur.
●If operations are performed quickly, non-response may occur.
■Pre-climate operations
The pre-climate is automatically controlled by the set temperature at the time
the “POWER” switch is turned off.
■Pre-climate operations automatic shut-off
P. 82
■While pre-climate is operating
P. 82
CAUTION
■To prevent the windshield from fogging up
Do not use during cool air operation in extremely humid weather.
The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the
windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, blocking
your vision.
291
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
3
Interior features
NOTICE
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
“POWER” switch is in ON mode.
■Humidity sensor
In order to detect fog on the windshield, a
sensor which monitors the temperature of
the windshield, the surrounding humidity,
etc. is installed. (P. 286)
Follow these points to avoid damaging
the sensor:
●Do not disassemble the sensor
●Do not spray glass cleaner on the sen-
sor or subject it to strong impacts
●Do not stick anything on the sensor
292
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers
■The defogger can be operated when
The “POWER” switch is in ON mode.
■Outside rear view mirror defoggers
Turning the rear window defogger on will turn the outside rear view mirror
defoggers on.
CAUTION
■Outside rear view mirror defoggers
The surfaces of the outside rear view mirrors become hot. Do not touch
them to prevent from burning yourself.
The rear window defogger is used to defog the rear window. The out-
side rear view mirror defoggers are used to remove frost, dew or
raindrops from the outside rear view mirrors.
On/off
The defoggers will automati-
cally turn off after approxi-
mately 15 minutes.
293
3
Interior features
3-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list
Interior light (P. 295)
Personal/interior lights (P. 294)
Shift lever light (when the “POWER” switch is in ON mode)
“POWER” switch light
Footwell lights (turns on/off according to whether the door is
opened/closed)
Luggage compartment light (turns on/off according to whether
the back door is opened/closed)
294
3-2. Using the interior lights
Personal/interior light main switch
Door position
The personal lights and interior
light come on when a door is
opened. They go off when the
doors are closed.
Off
The personal lights and interior
light can be individually turned on
or off.
Personal/interior lights
On/off
Personal/interior light main switch and personal/interior lights
295
3-2. Using the interior lights
3
Interior features
Interior light
Door position
Off
On
Luggage compartment light
On
Off
■Illuminated entry system
The lights automatically turn on/off according to “POWER” switch mode, the
presence of the electronic key, whether the doors are locked/unlocked, and
whether the doors are open/closed.
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge (excluding luggage compartment
light)
If the lights remain on when a door is not fully closed and the personal/inte-
rior light main switch is in door position, the lights will go off automatically
after 20 minutes.
■Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. the time elapsed before lights turn off) can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 500)
Interior light and luggage compartment light
296
3-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features
CAUTION
■Items that should not be left in the storage spaces
Do not leave glasses, lighters or spray cans in the storage spaces, as this
may cause the following when cabin temperature becomes high:
●Glasses may be deformed by heat or cracked if they come into contact
with other stored items.
●Lighters or spray cans may explode. If they come into contact with other
stored items, the lighter may catch fire or the spray can may release gas,
causing a fire hazard.
Bottle holders
Auxiliary boxes
Glove box
Cup holders
Console box
297
3-3. Using the storage features
3
Interior features
Glove box
The glove box can be opened by pulling the lever and locked and
unlocked using the mechanical key.
Unlock
Lock
Open
CAUTION
■Caution while driving
Keep the glove box closed. In the event of sudden braking or sudden swerv-
ing, an accident may occur due to an occupant being struck by the open
glove box or the items stored inside.
Glove box
298
3-3. Using the storage features
Console box
Upper tray
Lift the lid.
Lower box
Pull the lever up and lift the lid.
CAUTION
■Caution while driving
Keep the console box closed. In the event of sudden braking, an accident
may occur due to an occupant being struck by the open console box or the
items stored inside.
Console box
299
3-3. Using the storage features
3
Interior features
Cup holders
Type A
Type B
To use the cup holders, pull the
strap forward and fold down the
center seatback.
■Adjusting size of the cup holders (type A only)
Remove the adapters.
Cup holders
300
3-3. Using the storage features
Bottle holders
Front seat
Rear seat
CAUTION
■Items unsuitable for the cup holder
Do not place anything other than cups or beverage cans in the cup holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking, causing injury. If possible, cover hot drinks to prevent burns.
Cup holders and bottle holders
301
3-3. Using the storage features
3
Interior features
CAUTION
■Items unsuitable for the bottle holder
Do not place anything other than a bottle in the bottle holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking and cause injury.
NOTICE
■Items that should not be stowed in the bottle holders
Put the cap on before stowing a bottle. Do not place open bottles in the bot-
tle holders, or glasses and paper cups containing liquid. The contents may
spill and glasses may break.
Bottle holders
302
3-3. Using the storage features
Auxiliary boxes
Type A
To open and close the auxiliary
box, press the button.
Type B
Press the lid.
CAUTION
■Caution while driving
Keep the auxiliary boxes closed. In the event of sudden braking, an accident
may occur due to an occupant being struck by an open auxiliary box or the
items stored inside.
■Items unsuitable for storing (type B)
Do not store items heavier than 0.4 lb. (0.2 kg).
Doing so may cause the overhead console to open and the items inside may
fall out, resulting in an accident.
Auxiliary boxes
303
3-3. Using the storage features
3
Interior features
NOTICE
■Operating the auxiliary box
If it is difficult to open or close the auxiliary box on a steep hill, move the
vehicle to a level place. To avoid damage to the auxiliary box, do not apply
excessive force to operate it.
Auxiliary boxes
304
3-4. Other interior features
Sun visors
Forward position:
Flip down.
Side position:
Flip down, unhook, and
swing to the side.
Side extender:
Place in side position then
slide backwards.
305
3-4. Other interior features
3
Interior features
Vanity mirrors
NOTICE
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the vanity lights on for extended periods while the EV system is
off.
Slide the cover to open.
The light turns on when the
cover is opened.
306
3-4. Other interior features
Power outlets
The power outlet can be used for 12 V accessories that run on less
than 10 A.
Type A
Type B
Type C
307
3-4. Other interior features
3
Interior features
■The power outlet can be used when
The “POWER” switch is in ACCESSORY or ON mode.
CAUTION
■Using a power outlet
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury.
●Use of the power outlet when it is wet with water or snow may result in
electrical shocks and is extremely dangerous. The power outlet must be
thoroughly dried before use.
●Do not allow children to use or play with the power outlet.
●Be careful not to get any part of your body caught in the power outlet lid.
●When using electrical appliances, strictly follow any cautions and notices
written on their labels and in the manufacturers' instruction manuals.
●Do not modify, disassemble or repair the power outlet in any way. Doing so
may result in unexpected malfunctions or accidents, which could cause
serious damage or injuries. Contact your Toyota dealer for any necessary
repairs.
■To prevent injuries and accidents, securely fix all electric appliances
before use and do not use any appliances that may do any of the fol-
lowing:
●Distract the driver while driving, or hamper safe driving.
●Result in a fire or burn injuries due to the appliance rolling, falling or over-
heating while driving.
●Emit steam while the windows of the cabin are closed.
308
3-4. Other interior features
CAUTION
■To prevent unexpected accidents, such as electric shocks, do not per-
form any of the following:
●Using the power outlet for electric heaters while sleeping.
●Contaminating the power outlet with liquid substances or mud.
●Handling electrical appliance plugs at the power outlet with wet hands or
feet.
●Inserting foreign objects into the power outlet.
●Using malfunctioning electric appliances.
●Inserting inappropriate or badly fitting plugs into the power outlet.
NOTICE
■To avoid damaging the power outlet and the plug
●Close the power outlet lid when not in use.
●Do not allow foreign objects or liquids to enter the power outlet, as this
may cause a short circuit.
●Do not use plug adaptors to connect too many plugs to the power outlet.
●After removing a plug, gently close the power outlet lid.
■To prevent blown fuse
Do not use an accessory that uses more than 12 V 10 A.
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not use the power outlet longer than necessary when the EV system is
off.
309
3-4. Other interior features
3
Interior features
NOTICE
■To prevent any damage caused by heat
●Do not use any electrical appliances that give off intense heat, such as
toasters.
●Do not use any electrical appliances that are easily affected by vibration or
heat inside the vehicle. Vibration while driving, or the heat of the sun while
parking, may result in damage to those electrical appliances.
■If any electrical appliances are to be used while driving
Securely fasten both the appliances and their cables to prevent them from
falling or getting caught in any of the power train components.
■If the power outlet is loose when an electrical appliance plug is con-
nected
Replace the outlet. Contact your Toyota dealer for any necessary replace-
ments.
■If the power outlet gets dirty
Use a soft, clean cloth to wipe it gently. Do not use any cleansing materials,
such as organic solvents, wax, or compound cleaners, as these may dam-
age the power outlet or cause it to malfunction.
310
3-4. Other interior features
Seat heaters
Display
Seat heater control (driver’s
seat)
Seat heater control (front
passenger seat)
■Linked to air conditioning operations
When the air conditioning is
set to ECO LO or ECO HI
mode, the seat heater is auto-
matically operated and its tem-
perature automatically
adjusted according to the out-
side temperature and air con-
ditioning settings.
“ECO” is shown on the display.
311
3-4. Other interior features
3
Interior features
■The seat heaters can be used when
The “POWER” switch is in ON mode.
■When not in use
Turn the seat heater off.
■Front passenger seat heater
●When the air-conditioning is in ECO LO or ECO HI mode, the seat heater
automatically turns on/off depending on whether the front passenger seat
is occupied or not.
●When the seat heater is operating in manual mode, it does not automati-
cally turn on/off depending on whether the front passenger seat is occu-
pied or not.
●In order to prevent unintended seat heater operation, do not place lug-
gage on the passenger seat.
The sensor may mistakenly judge the seat to be occupied and turn the
seat heater on.
■Manual Mode
Each time the seat heater control is touched, the seat heater's
operation or temperature setting changes.
Seat heater off
High
Medium
Low
312
3-4. Other interior features
CAUTION
■Burns
●Use caution when seating the following persons in a seat with the seat
heater on to avoid the possibility of burns:
• Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the physically chal-
lenged
• Persons with sensitive skin
• Persons who are fatigued
• Persons who have taken alcohol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping
drugs, cold remedies, etc.)
●Do not cover the seat with anything when using the seat heater.
Using the seat heater with a blanket or cushion increases the temperature
of the seat and may lead to overheating.
●Do not use the seat heater more than necessary. Doing so may cause
minor burns or overheating.
NOTICE
■To prevent seat heater damage
Do not put heavy objects that have an uneven surface on the seat and do
not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat.
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Turn the seat heaters off when the EV system is off.
313
3-4. Other interior features
3
Interior features
Armrest
NOTICE
■To prevent damage to the armrest
Do not place too much strain on the armrest.
To use the armrest, pull the
strap forward and fold down
the center seatback.
To return the rear center seat-
back to its original position, lift
it up until it locks.
314
3-4. Other interior features
Coat hooks
CAUTION
■Items that must not be hung on the hook
Do not hang a coat hanger or other hard or sharp objects on the hook. If the
SRS curtain shield airbags deploy, these items may become projectiles,
causing death or serious injury.
NOTICE
■To prevent damage to the coat hook
Do not place too much load on the coat hook.
315
3-4. Other interior features
3
Interior features
Assist grips
CAUTION
■Assist grip
Do not use the assist grip when getting in or out of the vehicle or rising from
your seat.
NOTICE
■To prevent damage to the assist grip
Do not hang any heavy object or put a heavy load on the assist grip.
An assist grip installed on the ceiling can be used to support your
body while sitting on the seat.
316
3-4. Other interior features
Floor mat
CAUTION
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause the driver's floor mat to slip, possibly interfering
with the pedals while driving. An unexpectedly high speed may result or it may
become difficult to stop the vehicle, leading to a serious accident.
■When installing the driver's floor mat
●Do not use floor mats designed for other models or different model year
vehicles, even if they are Toyota Genuine floor mats.
●Only use floor mats designed for the driver's seat.
●Always install the floor mat securely using the retaining hooks (clips) pro-
vided.
●Do not use two or more floor mats on top of each other.
●Do not place the floor mat bottom-side up or upside-down.
■Before driving
Use only floor mats designed specifically for vehicles of the same
model and model year as your vehicle. Fix them securely in place
onto the carpet.
Fix the floor mat in place using
the retaining hooks (clips) pro-
vided.
The shape of the retaining
hooks (clips) and the fixing
procedure of the floor mat for
your vehicle may differ from
those shown in the illustration.
For details, refer to the floor
mat retention clip installation
instructions supplied with the
clips.
●Check that the floor mat is securely
fixed in the correct place with all the
provided retaining hooks (clips). Be
especially careful to perform this check
after cleaning the floor.
●With the EV system stopped and the
shift position in P, fully depress each
pedal to the floor to make sure it does
not interfere with the floor mat.
317
3-4. Other interior features
3
Interior features
Luggage compartment features
■Cargo hooks
Pull the hook down to use it.
The cargo hooks are provided
for securing loose items.
■Grocery bag hooks
■Storage box
Type A
The rear deck board can be folded up into two positions.
Lift the rear deck board.
STEP
1
318
3-4. Other interior features
Fold up the deck board.
The deck board can be
removed.
Type B
Lift the front deck board.
STEP
2
319
3-4. Other interior features
3
Interior features
CAUTION
■When the cargo hooks are not in use
To avoid injury, always return the cargo hooks to their stowed positions.
■Caution while driving
Do not drive with any of the deck boards opened. Items may fall out and
cause injury.
NOTICE
■To prevent damage to the grocery bag hooks
Do not hang heavy loads on the hooks.
■Space unsuitable for storing items
Do not put items in the space behind the
cover on the left side of the luggage com-
partment.
The items may collide with the ECU while
driving, damaging the unit.
ECU
320
3-4. Other interior features
Garage door opener
The garage door opener (HomeLink Universal Transceiver) is manufac-
tured under license from HomeLink.
Programming HomeLink®
The HomeLink compatible transceiver in your vehicle has 3 buttons
which can be programmed to operate 3 different devices. Refer to the
programming method below appropriate for the device.
Buttons
Indicator
The garage door opener can be programmed to operate garage
doors, gates, entry doors, door locks, home lighting systems, secu-
rity systems, and other devices.
321
3-4. Other interior features
3
Interior features
■Programming HomeLink®
Point the remote control trans-
mitter for the device 1 to 3 in. (25
to 75 mm) from the HomeLink
buttons.
Keep the HomeLink indicator
light in view while programming.
Press and hold one of the
HomeLink buttons and the
transmitter button. When the
HomeLink indicator light
changes from a slow to a rapid
flash, you can release both but-
tons.
If the HomeLink indicator light
comes on but does not flash, or
flashes rapidly for 2 seconds and
remains lit, the HomeLink button
is already programmed. Use the
other buttons or follow the
“Reprogramming a HomeLink
button” instructions. (P. 324)
STEP
1
STEP
2
322
3-4. Other interior features
Test the HomeLink operation
by pressing the newly pro-
grammed button.
If a HomeLink button has been
programmed for a garage door,
check to see if the garage door
opens and closes. If the garage
door does not operate, see if your
remote control transmitter is of
the rolling code type. Press and
hold the programmed HomeLink
button. The remote control trans-
mitter is of the rolling code type if
the HomeLink indicator light
flashes rapidly for 2 seconds and
then remains lit. If your transmit-
ter is of the rolling code type, pro-
ceed to the heading
“Programming a rolling code sys-
tem”.
Repeat the steps above to program another device for any of
the remaining HomeLink buttons.
■Programming a Rolling Code system
If your device is Rolling Code equipped, follow the steps under the
heading “Programming HomeLink” before proceeding with the
steps listed below.
Locate the training button on the ceiling mounted garage door
opener motor. The exact location and color of the button may
vary by brand of garage door opener motor.
Refer to the operation manual supplied with the garage door opener
motor for the location of the training button.
Press the training button.
Following this step, you have 30 seconds in which to initiate step 3
below.
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
1
STEP
2
323
3-4. Other interior features
3
Interior features
Press and hold the vehicle's programmed HomeLink button
for 3 seconds and then release it. Repeat this step once
again. The garage door may open.
If the garage door opens, the programming process is complete. If
the door does not open, press and release the button a third time.
This third press and release will complete the programming process
by opening the garage door.
The ceiling mounted garage door opener motor should now recog-
nize the HomeLink signal and operate the garage door.
Repeat the steps above to program another rolling code sys-
tem for any of the remaining HomeLink buttons.
■Programming an entry gate
Place the remote control transmitter 1 to 3 in. (25 to 75 mm)
away from the HomeLink buttons.
Keep the HomeLink indicator light in view while programming.
Press and hold the selected HomeLink button.
Repeatedly press and release (cycle) the remote control
transmitter for 2 seconds each until step 4 is completed.
When the HomeLink indicator light starts to flash rapidly,
release the buttons.
Test the HomeLink operation by pressing the newly pro-
grammed button. Check to see if the gate/device operates
correctly.
Repeat the steps above to program another device for any of
the remaining HomeLink buttons.
■Programming other devices
To program other devices such as home security systems, home
door locks and lighting, contact your Toyota dealer for assistance.
■Reprogramming a button
The individual HomeLink buttons cannot be erased but can be
reprogrammed. To reprogram a button, follow the “Reprogramming
a HomeLink button” instructions.
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
STEP
6
324
3-4. Other interior features
Operating HomeLink®
Press the appropriate HomeLink button. The HomeLink indicator
light should come on.
The HomeLink compatible transceiver in your vehicle continues to send
a signal for up to 20 seconds as long as the button is pressed.
Reprogramming a HomeLink® button
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button. After 20 seconds, the
HomeLink indicator light will start flashing slowly. Keep pressing the
HomeLink button and press and hold the transmitter button until the
HomeLink indicator light changes from a slow to a rapid flash.
Release the buttons.
Erasing the entire HomeLink® memory (all three programs)
Press and hold the 2 outside but-
tons for 10 seconds until the indi-
cator light flashes.
If you sell your vehicle, be sure to
erase the programs stored in the
HomeLink memory.
325
3-4. Other interior features
3
Interior features
■Before programming
●Install a new battery in the remote control transmitter.
●The battery side of the remote control transmitter must be pointed away
from the HomeLinkbutton.
■Certification for the garage door opener
FCC ID:NZLOBIHL4
NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
■When support is necessary
Visit on the web at www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.
CAUTION
■When programming a garage door or other remote control devices
The garage door or other devices may operate, so ensure people and
objects are out of danger to prevent potential harm.
■Conforming to federal safety standards
Do not use the HomeLink compatible transceiver with any garage door
opener or device that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by
federal safety standards.
This includes any garage door that cannot detect an interfering object. A
door or device without these features increases the risk of death or serious
injury.
326
3-4. Other interior features
Safety Connect
Safety Connect is a subscription-based telematics service that uses
Global Positioning System (GPS) data and embedded cellular tech-
nology to provide safety and security features to subscribers. Safety
Connect is supported by Toyota’s designated response center,
which operates 24 hours per day, 7 days per week.
Safety Connect service is available by subscription on select,
telematics hardware-equipped vehicles.
By using the Safety Connect service, you are agreeing to be bound
by the Telematics Subscription Service Agreement and its Terms and
Conditions, as in effect and amended from time to time, a current
copy of which is available at Toyota.com. All use of the Safety Con-
nect service is subject to such then-applicable Terms and Condi-
tions.
■System components
Microphone
“SOS” button
LED light indicators
327
3-4. Other interior features
3
Interior features
■Services
Subscribers have the following Safety Connect services avail-
able:
●Automatic Collision Notification*
Helps drivers receive necessary response from emergency
service providers. (P. 329)
*: U.S. Patent No. 7,508,298 B2
●Stolen Vehicle Location
Helps drivers in the event of vehicle theft. (P. 330)
●Emergency Assistance Button (SOS)
Connects drivers to response-center support. (P. 330)
●Enhanced Roadside Assistance
Provides drivers various on-road assistance. (P. 330)
■Subscription
After you have signed the Telematics Subscription Service
Agreement and are enrolled, you can begin receiving services.
A variety of subscription terms is available for purchase. Contact
your Toyota dealer, call 1-800-331-4331, or push the “SOS” but-
ton in your vehicle for further subscription details.
328
3-4. Other interior features
■Safety Connect Services Information
●Phone calls using the vehicles Bluetooth® technology will not be possible
during Safety Connect.
●Safety Connect is available beginning Fall 2009 on select Toyota models.
Contact with the Safety Connect response center is dependent upon the
telematics device being in operative condition, cellular connection avail-
ability, and GPS satellite signal reception, which can limit the ability to
reach the response center or receive emergency service support. Enroll-
ment and Telematics Subscription Service Agreement required. A variety
of subscription terms is available; charges vary by subscription term
selected.
●Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance, Stolen Vehicle
Location, and Enhanced Roadside Assistance will function in the United
States, including Hawaii and Alaska, and in Canada. No Safety Connect
services will function outside of the United States in countries other than
Canada.
●Safety Connect services are not subject to section 255 of the Telecom-
munications Act and the device is not TTY compatible.
■Languages
The Safety Connect response center will offer support in multiple languages.
The Safety Connect system will offer voice prompts in English and Spanish.
Please indicate your language of choice when enrolling.
■When contacting the response center
You may be unable to contact the response center if the network is busy.
329
3-4. Other interior features
3
Interior features
Safety Connect LED light Indicators
When the “POWER” switch is turned to ON mode, the red indicator
light comes on for 2 seconds then turns off. Afterward, the green indi-
cator light comes on, indicating that the service is active.
The following indicator light patterns indicate specific system usage
conditions:
●Green indicator light on = Active service
●Green indicator light flashing = Safety Connect call in process
●Red indicator light (except at vehicle start-up) = System malfunc-
tion (contact your Toyota dealer)
●No indicator light (off) = Safety Connect service not active
Safety Connect services
■Automatic Collision Notification
In case of either airbag deployment or severe rear-end collision,
the system is designed to automatically call the response center.
The responding agent receives the vehicle’s location and attempts
to speak with the vehicle occupants to assess the level of emer-
gency. If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent
automatically treats the call as an emergency, contacts the nearest
emergency services provider to describe the situation, and
requests that assistance be sent to the location.
330
3-4. Other interior features
■Stolen Vehicle Location
If your vehicle is stolen, Safety Connect can work with local author-
ities to assist them in locating and recovering the vehicle. After fil-
ing a police report, call the Safety Connect response center at 1-
800-331-4331 and follow the prompts for Safety Connect to initiate
this service.
In addition to assisting law enforcement with recovery of a stolen
vehicle, Safety-Connect-equipped vehicle location data may, under
certain circumstances, be shared with third parties to locate your
vehicle. Further information is available at Toyota.com.
■Emergency Assistance Button (“SOS”)
In the event of an emergency on the road, push the “SOS” button
to reach the Safety Connect response center. The answering
agent will determine your vehicle’s location, assess the emer-
gency, and dispatch the necessary assistance required.
If you accidentally press the “SOS” button, tell the response-center agent
that you are not experiencing an emergency.
■Enhanced Roadside Assistance
Enhanced Roadside Assistance adds GPS data to the already
included warranty-based Toyota roadside service.
Subscribers can press the “SOS” button to reach a Safety Connect
response-center agent, who can help with a wide range of needs,
such as: towing, flat tire, etc. For a description of the Enhanced
Roadside Assistance services and their limitations, please see the
Safety Connect Terms and Conditions, which are available at
Toyota.com.
331
3-4. Other interior features
3
Interior features
Safety information for Safety Connect
Important! Read this information before using Safety Connect.
■Exposure to radio frequency signals
The Safety Connect system installed in your vehicle is a low-power
radio transmitter and receiver. It receives and also sends out radio
frequency (RF) signals.
In August 1996, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
adopted RF exposure guidelines with safety levels for mobile wire-
less phones. Those guidelines are consistent with the safety stan-
dards previously set by the following U.S. and international
standards bodies.
●ANSI (American National Standards Institute) C95.1 [1992]
●NCRP (National Council on Radiation Protection and Measure-
ment) Report 86 [1986]
●ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation
Protection) [1996]
Those standards were based on comprehensive and periodic eval-
uations of the relevant scientific literature. Over 120 scientists,
engineers, and physicians from universities, and government
health agencies and industries reviewed the available body of
research to develop the ANSI Standard (C95.1).
The design of Safety Connect complies with the FCC guidelines in
addition to those standards.
332
3-4. Other interior features
■Certification for Safety Connect
FCC ID: O9EGTM1
NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
Maintenance and care 4
333
4-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior......... 334
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior.......... 337
4-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements.................. 340
General maintenance....... 342
4-3. Do-it-yourself
maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions .................... 346
Hood ................................ 349
Positioning a floor jack..... 351
Motor compartment.......... 355
Tires................................. 366
Tire inflation pressure ...... 374
Wheels............................. 378
Air conditioning filter......... 381
Electronic key battery....... 383
Checking and replacing
fuses .............................. 385
Headlight aim................... 398
Light bulbs........................ 400
334
4-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle exterior
■Before washing the vehicle
Check that the charging port cap and charging port door on your vehicle are
closed properly.
■Automatic car washes
●Fold the mirrors and remove the antenna before washing the vehicle.
Start washing from the front of the vehicle. Make sure to re-install the
antenna and extend the mirrors before driving.
●Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface
and harm your vehicle’s paint.
●In certain automatic car washes, the rear spoiler may interfere with
machine operation. This may prevent the vehicle from being cleaned
properly or result in damage to the rear spoiler.
■High pressure car washes
Do not allow the nozzles of the car wash to come within close proximity of
the windows.
Perform the following to protect the vehicle and maintain it in prime
condition:
●Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle
body and wheel wells of the vehicle to remove any dirt and
dust.
●Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a
chamois.
●For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thor-
oughly with water.
●Wipe away any water.
●Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deteriorates.
If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehicle
body is cool.
335
4-1. Maintenance and care
4
Maintenance and care
■Aluminum wheels
●Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent. Do not use
hard brushes or abrasive cleaners. Do not use strong or harsh chemical
cleaners. Use the same mild detergent and wax as used on the paint.
●Do not use detergent on the wheels when they are hot, for example after
driving for long distance in the hot weather.
●Wash detergent from the wheels immediately after use.
■Bumpers
Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.
CAUTION
■While charging
Do not wash the vehicle.
Doing so may cause the electrical components to malfunction or catch fire
and also you may get an electric shock that may result in death or serious
injury.
■When washing the vehicle
●Do not apply water to the inside of the motor compartment. Doing so may
cause the electrical components etc. to malfunction or catch fire.
●Do not wash the underbody using a high-pressure washer. Doing so may
cause the traction battery to malfunction or catch fire.
336
4-1. Maintenance and care
NOTICE
■To prevent paint deterioration and corrosion on the body and compo-
nents (aluminum wheels etc.)
●Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases:
• After driving near the sea coast
• After driving on salted roads
• If coal tar or tree sap is present on the paint surface
• If dead insects, insect droppings or bird droppings are present on the
paint surface
• After driving in an area contaminated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust,
iron powder or chemical substances
• If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled with dust or mud
• If liquids such as benzene and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface
●If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately.
●To prevent the wheels from corroding, remove any dirt and store in a place
with low humidity when storing the wheels.
■Cleaning the exterior lights
●Wash carefully. Do not use organic substances or scrub with a hard brush.
This may damage the surfaces of the lights.
●Do not apply wax on the surfaces of the lights.
Wax may cause damage to the lenses.
■Antenna installation and removal precautions
●Before driving, ensure that the antenna is installed.
●When the antenna is removed, such as before entering an automatic car
wash, make sure to store it in a suitable place so as not to lose it. Also,
before driving, make sure to reinstall the antenna in its original position.
■To prevent damage to the windshield wiper arms
When lifting the wiper arms away from the windshield, pull the driver side
wiper arm upward first, and repeat for the passenger side. When returning
the wipers to their original position, do so from the passenger side first.
337
4-1. Maintenance and care
4
Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle interior
The following procedures will help protect your vehicle's interior and
keep it in top condition:
■Protecting the vehicle interior
Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty sur-
faces with a cloth dampened with lukewarm water.
■Cleaning the leather areas
●Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
●Wipe off any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth dampened
with diluted detergent.
Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool deter-
gent.
●Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly
wipe off all remaining traces of detergent.
●Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remain-
ing moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded and venti-
lated area.
■Cleaning the synthetic leather areas
●Remove loose dirt using a vacuum cleaner.
●Apply a mild soap solution to the synthetic leather using a
sponge or soft cloth.
●Allow the solution to soak in for a few minutes. Remove the
dirt and wipe off the solution with a clean, damp cloth.
338
4-1. Maintenance and care
■Caring for leather areas
Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year
to maintain the quality of the vehicle's interior.
■Shampooing the carpets
There are several commercial foaming-type cleaners available. Use a
sponge or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not use
water. Wipe dirty surfaces and let them dry. Excellent results are obtained by
keeping the carpet as dry as possible.
■Seat belts
Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also
check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts.
CAUTION
■Water in the vehicle
●Do not splash or spill liquid in the vehicle, such as on the floor. Doing so
may cause electrical components etc. to malfunction or catch fire.
●Do not get any of the SRS components or wiring in the vehicle interior wet.
(P. 155)
Electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function
properly, resulting in death or severe injury.
■Cleaning the interior (especially instrument panel)
Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel may reflect off
the windshield, obstructing the driver's view and leading to an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
339
4-1. Maintenance and care
4
Maintenance and care
NOTICE
■Cleaning detergents
●Do not use organic substances such as benzene or gasoline, acidic or
alkaline solutions, dye, bleach or other detergent. Doing so may discolor
the vehicle interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces.
●Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel's or other
interior part’s painted surface may be damaged.
■Preventing damage to leather surfaces
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deterioration of
leather surfaces:
●Remove any dust or dirt from leather surfaces immediately.
●Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended periods of time.
Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer.
●Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or containing wax on the uphol-
stery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats
up significantly.
■Water on the floor
Do not wash the vehicle floor with water.
Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes
into contact with electrical components such as the audio system above or
under the floor of the vehicle. Water may also cause the body to rust.
■Cleaning the inside of the rear window
●Do not use glass cleaner to clean the rear window, as this may cause
damage to the rear window defogger heater wires or antenna. Use a cloth
dampened with lukewarm water to gently wipe the window clean. Wipe the
window in strokes running parallel to the heater wires or antenna.
●Be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires or antenna.
340
4-2. Maintenance
Maintenance requirements
■Repair and replacement
It is recommended that genuine Toyota parts be used for repairs to ensure
performance of each system. If non-Toyota parts are used in replacement or
if a repair shop other than a Toyota dealer performs repairs, confirm the war-
ranty coverage.
To ensure safe and economical driving, day-to-day care and regular
maintenance are essential. It is the owner’s responsibility to perform
regular checks. Toyota recommends the following maintenance:
■General maintenance
General maintenance should be performed on a daily basis.
This can be done by yourself or by a Toyota dealer.
■Scheduled maintenance
Scheduled maintenance should be performed at specified inter-
vals according to the maintenance schedule.
For details about maintenance items and schedules, refer to the
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
■Do-it-yourself maintenance
You can perform some maintenance procedures by yourself.
Please be aware that do-it-yourself maintenance may affect war-
ranty coverage.
The use of Toyota Repair Manuals is recommended.
For details about warranty coverage, see the separate “Owner’s
Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
341
4-2. Maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
■Allow inspection and repairs to be performed by a Toyota dealer
●Toyota technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date
with the latest service information. They are well informed about the
operations of all systems on your vehicle.
●Keep a copy of the repair order. It proves that the maintenance that has
been performed is under warranty coverage. If any problem should arise
while your vehicle is under warranty, your Toyota dealer will promptly
take care of it.
CAUTION
■If your vehicle is not properly maintained
Improper maintenance could result in serious damage to the vehicle and
possible serious injury or death.
■Handling of the 12-volt battery
●Oils and fluids contained in vehicles as well as waste produced by compo-
nent wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Avoid expo-
sure and wash any affected area immediately.
●12-volt battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and
lead compounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your
hands after handling. (P. 362)
342
4-2. Maintenance
General maintenance
Motor compartment
Items Check points
12-volt battery Check the connections.
(P. 362)
Brake fluid Is the brake fluid at the correct
level? (P. 361)
Motor/traction battery coolant Is the coolant at the correct level?
(P. 357)
Heater coolant Is the coolant at the correct level?
(P. 359)
Condenser/radiators
The condenser and radiators
should be free from foreign
objects. (P. 360)
Washer fluid Is there sufficient washer fluid?
(P. 365)
Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be per-
formed at the intervals specified in the “Owner's Warranty Informa-
tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement/Scheduled
Maintenance Guide”. It is recommended that any problem you notice
should be brought to the attention of your Toyota dealer or qualified
service shop for advice.
343
4-2. Maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Vehicle interior
Items Check points
Accelerator pedal
• The accelerator pedal should
move smoothly (without uneven
pedal effort or catching).
Brake pedal
• Does the brake pedal move
smoothly?
• Does the brake pedal have appro-
priate clearance from the floor?
(P. 487)
• Does the brake pedal have the
correct amount of free play?
(P. 487)
Brakes
• The vehicle should not pull to one
side when the brakes are applied.
• The brakes should work effec-
tively.
• The brake pedal should not feel
spongy.
• The brake pedal should not get
too close to the floor when the
brakes are applied.
Head restraints • Do the head restraints move
smoothly and lock securely?
Transmission “Park” mechanism
• When parked on a slope and the
parking brake is on, is the vehicle
securely stopped?
Indicators/buzzers • Do the indicators and buzzers
function properly?
Lights
• Do all the lights come on?
• Are the headlights aimed cor-
rectly? (P. 398)
344
4-2. Maintenance
Parking brake
• Does the parking brake lever
move smoothly?
• When parked on a slope and the
parking brake is on, is the vehicle
securely stopped?
Seat belts
• Do the seat belts operate
smoothly?
• The seat belts should not be dam-
aged.
Seats • Do the seat controls operate
properly?
Steering wheel
• Does the steering wheel rotate
smoothly?
• Does the steering wheel have the
correct amount of free play?
• There should not be any strange
sounds coming from the steering
wheel.
Items Check points
345
4-2. Maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Vehicle exterior
Items Check points
Doors • Do the doors operate smoothly?
Hood • Does the hood lock system work
properly?
Fluid leaks
• There should not be any signs of
fluid leakage after the vehicle has
been parked.
Tires
• Is the tire inflation pressure cor-
rect?
• The tires should not be dam-
aged or excessively worn.
• Have the tires been rotated
according to the maintenance
schedule?
• The wheel nuts should not be
loose.
Windshield wipers/rear window
wiper
• The wiper blades should not
show any signs of cracking,
splitting, wear, contamination or
deformation.
• The wiper blades should clear
the windshield/rear window
without streaking or skipping.
346
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service precautions
If you perform maintenance yourself, be sure to follow the correct
procedures as given in these sections.
Items Parts and tools
12-volt battery condition(P. 362)
• Grease
• Conventional wrench
(for terminal clamp bolts)
Brake fluid level (P. 361)
• FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE
J1703 brake fluid
• Rag or paper towel
• Funnel (used only for adding
brake fluid)
Motor coolant level (P. 357)
• “Zerex G 48” or “Glysantin G 48”
only
The dilution ratio for both “Zerex
G 48” and “Glysantin G 48” is
50% coolant and 50% deionized
water.
• Funnel (used only for adding
motor coolant)
Traction battery coolant level
(P. 357)
(Contact your Toyota dealer if the
level is on or below the “L” line.
The reservoir cap is not intended
to be opened by the user.
Improper filling can lead to trac-
tion battery system damage. Only
qualified personnel should service
the traction battery coolant.)
347
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Items Parts and tools
Heater coolant level (P. 359)
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
or similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, non-
amine, non-nitrite and non-borate
coolant with long-life hybrid
organic acid technology
“Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant” is pre-mixed with 50%
coolant and 50% deionized
water.
• Funnel (used only for adding
heater coolant)
Fuses (P. 385) • Fuse with same amperage rating
as original
Headlight aim (P. 398) • Phillips-head screwdriver
Light bulb (P. 400)
• Bulb with same number and watt-
age rating as original
• Flathead screwdriver
• Phillips-head screwdriver
Condenser and radiators
(P. 360)
Tire inflation pressure (P. 374) • Tire pressure gauge
• Compressed air source
Washer fluid (P. 365)
• Water or washer fluid containing
antifreeze (for winter use)
• Funnel (used only for adding
water or washer fluid)
348
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
The motor compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may move
suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death or
serious injury, observe the following precautions:
■When working on the motor compartment
●Make sure that the indicator on the “POWER” switch and the “READY”
indicator are both off.
●Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving fans.
●Be careful not to touch the motor, power control unit, radiator, heater, etc.
right after driving as they may be hot. Coolant and other fluids may also be
hot.
●Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper and rags, in the
motor compartment.
●Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to the 12-volt bat-
tery. 12-volt battery fumes are flammable.
●Be extremely cautious when working on the 12-volt battery. It contains poi-
sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.
●Take care because brake fluid can harm your hands or eyes and damage
painted surfaces.
If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with
clean water immediately.
If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor.
●Never touch, disassemble, remove or replace the high voltage parts,
cables and their connectors. It can cause severe burns or electric shock
that may result in death or serious injury.
■When working near the electric cooling fans or radiator grille
Be sure the “POWER” switch is off.
With the “POWER” switch in ON mode, the electric cooling fans may auto-
matically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant tempera-
ture is high. (P. 360)
■Safety glasses
Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc. from
getting in the eyes.
349
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Hood
Release the lock from the inside of the vehicle to open the hood.
Pull the hood release lever.
The hood will pop up slightly.
Lift the auxiliary catch lever
and lift the hood.
Lift up the supporting rod.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
350
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
■Pre-driving check
Check that the hood is fully closed and locked.
If the hood is not locked properly, it may open while the vehicle is in motion
and cause an accident, which may result in death or serious injury.
■After installing the support rod into the slot
Make sure the rod supports the hood securely from falling down on to your
head or body.
NOTICE
■When closing the hood
Be sure to return the support rod to its clip before closing the hood. Closing
the hood with the support rod up could cause the hood to bend.
Hold the hood open by insert-
ing the supporting rod into the
slot.
STEP
4
351
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Positioning a floor jack
When raising your vehicle with a floor jack, position the jack cor-
rectly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause injury.
■Positioning a floor jack
Front
Rear
352
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Using the jack stands
Before lowering the vehicle onto jack stands, check that the jack
stands will not contact the traction battery or undercover.
■Positioning a Jack stand
Front
Undercover Traction
battery
353
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
CAUTION
■When raising your vehicle
Make sure to observe the following to reduce the possibility of death or seri-
ous injury.
●When using a floor jack, follow the instructions of the manual provided with
the jack.
●Do not put any part of your body or get underneath the vehicle supported
only by the floor jack.
●Always use floor jack and/or automotive jack stands on a solid, flat, level
surface.
●Do not start the EV system while the vehicle is supported by the floor jack.
●Stop the vehicle on level, firm ground, firmly set the parking brake and
push the “P” position switch.
●Make sure to set the floor jack properly at the jack point.
Raising the vehicle with an improperly positioned floor jack will damage
the vehicle and may cause the vehicle to fall off the floor jack.
●Do not raise the vehicle while someone is in the vehicle.
●When raising the vehicle, do not place any objects on top of or underneath
the floor jack.
●Lift up the vehicle using a floor jack
such as the one shown in the illustra-
tion.
354
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
■Tire jack usage
■When using jack stands
●Do not use a tire jack because its arms
may interfere with the traction battery in
the vehicle underbody.
●Forcibly using a tire jack may damage
the traction battery or cause the vehicle
to fall off the jack, resulting in death or
serious injury.
Inside
When lowering the vehicle onto jack
stands, do not let the jack stands contact
the traction battery or undercover. Doing
so may damage the vehicle underbody.
Working on the vehicle while a jack stand
is contacting the traction battery is partic-
ularly dangerous because it may not only
damage the traction battery, but the vehi-
cle may fall, causing an accident that
results in death or serious injury.
Inside
355
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Motor compartment
Fuse boxes (P. 385)
Motor coolant reservoir
(P. 357)
12-volt battery (P. 362)
Brake fluid reservoir
(P. 361)
Heater coolant reservoir
(P. 359)
Traction battery coolant
reservoir (P. 357)
Radiators (P. 360)
Condenser (P. 360)
Electric cooling fans
Washer fluid tank (P. 365)
356
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Motor compartment cover
■Removing the motor compartment cover
■Installing the clips
NOTICE
■After installing a motor compartment cover
Make sure that the cover is securely installed in its original position.
357
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Motor/traction battery coolant
Motor coolant reservoir
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “FULL” and “LOW”
lines on the reservoir when the EV system is cold.
Reservoir cap
“FULL”
“LOW”
If the level is on or below the
“LOW” line, add coolant up to the
“FULL” line. (P. 485)
Traction battery coolant reservoir
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “F” and “L” lines on
the reservoir when the EV system is cold.
“F”
“L”
Contact your Toyota dealer if the
level is on or below the “L” line.
The reservoir cap is not intended
to be opened by the user.
Improper filling can lead to trac-
tion battery system damage. Only
qualified personnel should ser-
vice the traction battery coolant.
358
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■Coolant selection
Only use “Zerex G 48” or “Glysantin G 48”.
“Zerex G 48” and “Glysantin G 48” are blue in color.
Reference:
The dilution ratio for both “Zerex G 48” and “Glysantin G 48” is 50% cool-
ant and 50% deionized water. (Minimum temperature: approximately -32F
[-36C])
For more details about motor/traction battery coolant, contact your Toyota
dealer.
■If the coolant level drops within a short time after replenishing
Visually check the radiator, hoses, motor/traction battery coolant reservoir
cap, drain cock and water pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have your Toyota dealer test the cap and check for
leaks in the cooling system.
CAUTION
■When the EV system is hot
Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap.
The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the
cap is removed, causing serious injuries, such as burns.
NOTICE
■When adding coolant
●Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture
of water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corro-
sion protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.
●Do not add heater coolant to the motor coolant reservoir. Doing so will
negatively affect the coolant’s performance and cause the cooling system
to malfunction.
■If you spill coolant
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent damage to parts or paint.
359
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Heater coolant
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “F” and “L” lines on
the reservoir when the heater system is cold.
Reservoir cap
“F”
“L”
If the level is on or below the “L”
line, add coolant up to the “F” line.
(P. 485)
■Coolant selection
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant
with long-life hybrid organic acid technology.
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pink in color.
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and 50%
deionized water. (Minimum temperature: -31F [-35C])
For more details about heater coolant, contact your Toyota dealer.
■If the coolant level drops within a short time after replenishing
Visually check the hoses, heater coolant reservoir cap, drain cock and water
pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have your Toyota dealer test the cap and check for
leaks in the heater system.
CAUTION
■When the heater is in use or just after use
Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap.
The heater system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the
cap is removed, causing serious injuries, such as burns.
360
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Condenser and radiators
Check the condenser and radiators, and clear away any foreign
objects.
If either of the above parts are extremely dirty or you are not sure of
their condition, have your vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer.
NOTICE
■When adding heater coolant
●Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture
of water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication and
corrosion protection. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.
●Do not add motor coolant to the heater coolant reservoir. Doing so will
negatively affect the coolant’s performance and cause the heater system
to malfunction.
■If you spill coolant
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent damage to parts or paint.
CAUTION
■When the EV system is hot
Do not touch the condenser or radiators as they may be hot and cause seri-
ous injuries, such as burns.
361
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Brake fluid
■Checking fluid level
The brake fluid level should be
between the “MAX” and “MIN”
lines on the tank.
■Adding fluid
Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary items.
Fluid type SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid
Items Clean funnel
■Brake fluid can absorb moisture from the air
Excess moisture in the brake fluid can cause a dangerous loss of braking
efficiency. Use only newly opened brake fluid.
CAUTION
■When filling the reservoir
Take care as brake fluid can harm your hands and eyes and damage painted
surfaces.
If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean
water immediately.
If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor.
362
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
12-volt battery
Check the 12-volt battery as follows:
■12-volt battery exterior
Make sure that the 12-volt battery terminals are not corroded and
that there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps.
Terminals
Hold-down clamp
NOTICE
■If the fluid level is low or high
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads
wear or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, there may be a serious problem.
■Before recharging the 12-volt battery
When recharging, the 12-volt battery produces hydrogen gas which is flam-
mable and explosive. Therefore, observe the following precautions before
recharging:
●If recharging with the 12-volt battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to
disconnect the ground cable.
●Make sure the power switch on the charger is off when connecting and
disconnecting the charger cables to the 12-volt battery.
363
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
■After recharging/reconnecting the 12-volt battery
●Unlocking the doors using the smart key system may not be possible
immediately after reconnecting the 12-volt battery. If this happens, use
the wireless remote control or the mechanical key to lock/unlock the
doors.
●Start the EV system with the “POWER” switch in ACCESSORY mode.
The EV system may not start with the “POWER” switch turned off. How-
ever, the EV system will operate normally from the second attempt.
●The “POWER” switch mode is recorded by the vehicle. If the 12-volt bat-
tery is reconnected, the vehicle will return the “POWER” switch mode to
the status it was in before the 12-volt battery was disconnected. Make
sure to turn the “POWER” switch off before disconnecting the 12-volt bat-
tery. Take extra care when connecting the 12-volt battery if the “POWER”
switch mode prior to discharge is unknown.
●When the 12-volt battery is reconnected, start the EV system, depress
the brake pedal, and confirm that it is possible to shift into each shift posi-
tion.
If the system will not start even after multiple attempts, contact your Toyota
dealer.
CAUTION
■Chemicals in the 12-volt battery
The 12-volt battery contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may
produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk
of death or serious injury, take the following precautions while working on or
near the 12-volt battery:
●Do not cause sparks by touching the 12-volt battery terminals with tools.
●Do not smoke or light a match near the 12-volt battery.
●Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes.
●Never inhale or swallow electrolyte.
●Wear protective safety glasses when working near the 12-volt battery.
●Keep children away from the 12-volt battery.
364
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
■Where to safely charge the 12-volt battery
Always charge the 12-volt battery in an open area. Do not charge the 12-volt
battery in a garage or closed room where there is insufficient ventilation.
■How to recharge the 12-volt battery
Only perform a slow charge (5 A or less). The 12-volt battery may explode if
charged at a quicker rate.
■Emergency measures regarding electrolyte
●If electrolyte gets in your eyes
Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi-
ate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while traveling to the nearest medical facility.
●If electrolyte gets on your skin
Wash the affected area thoroughly. If you feel pain or burning, get medical
attention immediately.
●If electrolyte gets on your clothes
It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the cloth-
ing and follow the procedure above if necessary.
●If you accidentally swallow electrolyte
Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Get emergency medical attention
immediately.
NOTICE
■When recharging the 12-volt battery
Never recharge the 12-volt battery while the EV system is operating. Also,
be sure all accessories are turned off.
365
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Washer fluid
If any washer does not work or
the warning message appears
on the multi-information display,
the washer tank may be empty.
Add washer fluid.
CAUTION
■When adding washer fluid
Do not add washer fluid when the EV system is hot or operating as washer
fluid contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the motor etc.
NOTICE
■Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid
Do not use soapy water or antifreeze instead of washer fluid.
Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicle’s painted surfaces.
■Diluting washer fluid
Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary.
Refer to the freezing temperatures listed on the label of the washer fluid bot-
tle.
366
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Tires
Replace or rotate tires in accordance with maintenance sched-
ules and treadwear.
When replacing a tire or performing tire rotation, contact your
Toyota dealer.
■Checking tires
New tread
Treadwear indicator
Worn tread
The location of treadwear
indicators is shown by the
“TWI” or “ ” marks, etc.,
molded on the sidewall of
each tire.
■Tire rotation
Rotate the tires in the order
shown.
To equalize tire wear and
extend tire life, Toyota recom-
mends that tire rotation is
carried out at the same inter-
val as tire inspection.
■The tire pressure warning system
Your Toyota is equipped with a tire pressure warning system that
uses tire pressure warning valves and transmitters to detect low
tire inflation pressure before serious problems arise. (P. 419)
Front
367
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Installing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When replacing tires or wheels, tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters must also be installed.
When new tire pressure warning valves and transmitters are
installed, new tire pressure warning valve and transmitter ID codes
must be registered in the tire pressure warning computer and the tire
pressure warning system must be initialized. Have tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter ID codes registered by your Toyota
dealer. (P. 367)
Registering ID codes
The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is equipped with a
unique ID code. When replacing a tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter, it is necessary to register the ID code of tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter. Have the ID code registered by your
Toyota dealer.
368
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■When to replace your vehicle's tires
Tires should be replaced if:
●You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to
expose the fabric, or bulges indicating internal damage.
●A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot be properly repaired due to the
size or location of a cut or other damage.
If you are not sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.
■Replacing tires and wheels
If the ID code of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is not
registered, the tire pressure warning system will not work properly. After
driving for about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warning light blinks for 1
minute and stays on to indicate a system malfunction.
■Tire life
Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even
if they have seldom or never been used or damage is not obvious.
■Routine tire inflation pressure checks
The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation
pressure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part of
your routine of daily vehicle checks.
■Maximum load of tire
Check that the number given by dividing the maximum load by 1.10 of
the replacement tire is greater than 1/2 of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings
(GAWR) of either the front axle or the rear axle, whichever is greater.
For the GAWR, see the Certification
Label. For the maximum load of the
tire, see the load limit at maximum cold
tire inflation pressure mentioned on the
sidewall of the tire. (P. 489)
369
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
■Tire types
●Summer tires
Summer tires are high-speed performance tires best suited to highway
driving under dry conditions. Since summer tires do not have the same
traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for
driving on snow-covered or icy roads. For driving on snow-covered
roads or icy roads, the use of snow tires is recommended. When
installing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires.
●All season tires
All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to
be adequate for driving in most winter conditions as well as for use
year-round. All season tires, however, do not have adequate traction
performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow. Also,
all season tires fall short in acceleration and handling performance
compared with summer tires in highway driving.
●Snow tires
For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, we recommend using
snow tires. If you need snow tires, select tires of the same size, con-
struction and load capacity as the originally installed tires. Since your
vehicle has radial tires as original equipment, make sure your snow
tires also have radial construction. Do not install studded tires without
first checking local regulations for possible restrictions. Snow tires
should be installed on all wheels. (P. 268)
■If the tread on snow tires wears down below 0.16 in. (4 mm)
The effectiveness of the tires as snow tires is lost.
370
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■Tire pressure warning system certification
U.S.A.
FCC ID: PAXPMV107J
FCC ID: HYQ13BCX
NOTE:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsi-
ble for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equip-
ment.
Canada
NOTE:
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may
not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
NOTE:
L’utilisation de ce dispositif est autorisée seulement aux deux conditions
suivantes : (1) il ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur du
dispositif doit être prêt à accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique reçu,
même si ce brouillage est susceptible de compromettre le
fonctionnement du dispositif.
371
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
CAUTION
■To prevent damage to the vehicle
■Replacing a tire
●Do not try to remove the ornament by hand. Take due care in handling
the ornament to avoid unexpected personal injury.
●Failure to follow these precautions could cause the wheel nuts to
loosen and the tire to fall off, resulting in death or serious injury.
• Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 76 ft•lbf (103
N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) as soon as possible after changing wheels.
• Do not attach a heavily damaged wheel ornament, as it may fly off
the wheel while the vehicle is moving.
●Do not use a tire jack because its
arms may interfere with the traction
battery in the vehicle underbody.
●Forcibly using a tire jack may damage
the traction battery or cause the vehi-
cle to fall off the jack, resulting in
death or serious injury.
Inside
372
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
■When inspecting or replacing tires
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents. Failure to do so
may cause damage to parts of the drive train, as well as dangerous han-
dling characteristics, which may lead to an accident resulting in death or
serious injury.
●Do not mix tires of different makes, models or tread patterns.
Also, do not mix tires of remarkably different treadwear.
●Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota.
●Do not mix differently constructed tires (radial, bias-belted or bias-ply
tires).
●Do not mix summer, all season and snow tires.
●Do not use tires that have been used on another vehicle.
Do not use tires if you do not know how they were used previously.
NOTICE
■Repairing or replacing tires, wheels, tire pressure warning valves,
transmitters and tire valve caps
●When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pres-
sure warning valves and transmitters may be damaged if not handled
correctly.
●When replacing tire valve caps, do not use tire valve caps other than
those specified. The cap may become stuck.
■To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is
used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon
as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter when replacing the tire. (P. 367)
373
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
NOTICE
■Driving on rough roads
Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or pot-
holes.
These conditions may cause losses in tire inflation pressure, reducing
the cushioning ability of the tires. In addition, driving on rough roads may
cause damage to the tires themselves, as well as the vehicle's wheels
and body.
■If tire inflation pressure of each tire becomes low while driving
Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be ruined.
374
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Tire inflation pressure
■Tire inflation pressure
The recommended cold tire inflation pressure and tire size are
displayed on the tire and loading information label. (P. 489)
375
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
■Tire inflation pressure check interval
You should check tire inflation pressure every two weeks, or at least
once a month.
■Inspection and adjustment procedure
Tire valve
Tire pressure gauge
Remove the tire valve cap.
Press the tip of the tire pressure gauge onto the tire valve.
Read the pressure using the gauge gradations.
If the tire inflation pressure is not at the recommended
level, adjust the pressure.
If you add too much air, press the center of the valve to
deflate.
After completing the tire inflation pressure measurement
and adjustment, apply soapy water to the valve and check
for leakage.
Put the tire valve cap back on.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
STEP
6
376
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure
Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following:
●Reduced traction battery efficiency
●Reduced driving comfort and tire life
●Reduced safety
●Damage to the drive train
If a tire needs frequent inflating, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
■Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure
When checking tire inflation pressure, observe the following:
●Check only when the tires are cold.
If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or has not been
driven for more than 1 mile or 1.5 km, you will get an accurate cold
tire inflation pressure reading.
●Always use a tire pressure gauge.
The appearance of the tire can be misleading. In addition, tire infla-
tion pressure that is even just a few pounds off can affect ride quality
and handling.
●Do not reduce tire inflation pressure after driving. It is normal for tire
inflation pressure to be higher after driving.
●Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight.
Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehicle
is balanced.
377
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
CAUTION
■Proper inflation is critical to save tire performance
Keep your tires properly inflated.
Otherwise, the following conditions may occur and result in an accident
causing death or serious injury:
●Excessive wear
●Uneven wear
●Poor handling
●Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires
●Poor sealing of the tire bead
●Wheel deformation and/or tire separation
●A greater possibility of tire damage from road hazards
NOTICE
■When inspecting and adjusting tire inflation pressure
Be sure to put the tire valve caps back on.
Without the valve caps, dirt or moisture could get into the valve and
cause air leakage, which could result in an accident. If the caps are lost,
replace them as soon as possible.
378
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Wheels
If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be
replaced.
Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or cause a loss
of handling control.
■Wheel selection
When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that
they are equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diameter,
rim width and inset*.
Replacement wheels are available at your Toyota dealer.
*: Conventionally referred to as “offset”.
Toyota does not recommend using the following:
●Wheels of different sizes or types
●Used wheels
●Bent wheels that have been straightened
■Aluminum wheel precautions
●Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wrenches designed for use
with your aluminum wheels.
●When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the
wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1000 miles (1600 km).
●Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using
tire chains.
●Use only Toyota genuine balance weights or equivalent and
use a plastic or rubber hammer when balancing your wheels.
379
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
■When replacing wheels
The wheels of your vehicle are equipped with tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters that allow the tire pressure warning system to
provide advance warning in the event of a loss in tire inflation pressure.
Whenever wheels are replaced, the tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters must be installed. (P. 367)
CAUTION
■When replacing wheels
●Do not use wheels that are a different size from those recommended in
the Owner’s Manual, as this may result in a loss of handling control.
●Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a
tubeless tire. Doing so may result in an accident, causing death or seri-
ous injury.
■When installing the wheel nuts
●Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively tightened,
leading to bolt or disc wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can
cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, causing an
accident and resulting in death or serious injury. Remove any oil or
grease from the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
●Be sure to install the wheel nuts with
the tapered ends facing inward.
Installing the nuts with the tapered
ends facing outward can cause the
wheel to break and eventually cause
the wheel to come off while driving,
which could lead to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
Tapered
portion
380
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
NOTICE
■Replacing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
●Because tire repair or replacement may affect the tire pressure
warning valves and transmitters, make sure to have tires serviced by
your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop. In addition, make
sure to purchase your tire pressure warning valves and transmitters at
your Toyota dealer.
●Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehicle.
Tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not work properly
with non-genuine wheels.
381
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Air conditioning filter
The air conditioning filter must be changed regularly to maintain air
conditioning efficiency.
■Removal method
Turn the “POWER” switch off.
Open the glove box. Slide off
the damper.
Push in each side of the glove
box to disconnect the claws.
Remove the filter cover.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
382
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■Checking interval
Inspect and replace the air conditioning filter according to the maintenance
schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, early replacement
may be required. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to
the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)
■If air flow from the vents decreases dramatically
The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary.
CAUTION
■When replacing the air conditioning filter
Do not use pre-climate. Doing so may cause the air conditioning system to
operate during the procedure and you could get caught in moving parts such
as the blower fan, possibly resulting in injury.
NOTICE
■When using the air conditioning system
Make sure that a filter is always installed.
Using the air conditioning system without a filter may cause damage to the
system.
■Replacement method
Remove the air conditioning
filter and replace it with a new
one.
The“UP” marks shown on the
filter should be pointing up.
383
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Electronic key battery
Replace the battery with a new one if it is depleted.
■You will need the following items:
●Flathead screwdriver
●Small flathead screwdriver
●Lithium battery CR1632
■Replacing the battery
Take out the mechanical key.
Remove the cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the screwdriver
with a rag.
Remove the depleted battery.
Insert a new battery with the
“+” terminal facing up.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
384
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■Use a CR1632 lithium battery
●Batteries can be purchased at your Toyota dealer, local electrical appli-
ance shops or camera stores.
●Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the
manufacturer.
●Dispose of used batteries according to local laws.
■If the electronic key battery is depleted
The following symptoms may occur.
●The smart key system and wireless remote control will not function prop-
erly.
●The operational range will be reduced.
CAUTION
■Removed electronic key battery and other parts
These parts are small and if swallowed by a child, they can cause choking.
Keep away from children. Failure to do so could result in death or serious
injury.
NOTICE
■For normal operation after replacing the electronic key battery
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents.
●Always work with dry hands.
Moisture may cause the battery to rust.
●Do not touch or move any other component inside the remote control.
●Do not bend either of the battery terminals.
385
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Checking and replacing fuses
If any of the electrical components do not operate, a fuse may have
blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as necessary.
Turn the “POWER” switch off.
Open the fuse box cover.
Motor compartment
Type A: Push the tab in and lift
the lid off.
Type B: Push the tab in and lift
the lid off.
Type C: Push the tab in and lift
the lid off.
STEP
1
STEP
2
386
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Under the instrument panel
Front side of the fuse block:
Remove the cover.
To prevent damaging the vehi-
cle, wrap the flathead screw-
driver with tape.
Fuse block (under side view):
Remove the lid.
387
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
After a system failure, see “Fuse layout and amperage rat-
ings” (P. 389) for details about which fuse to check.
Only type A fuse can be
removed using the pullout
tool.
Check if the fuse is blown.
Type A
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Replace the blown fuse with a
new fuse of an appropriate
amperage rating. The amper-
age rating can be found on the
fuse box lid.
Type B
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Replace the blown fuse with a
new fuse of an appropriate
amperage rating. The amper-
age rating can be found on the
fuse box lid.
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
388
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Type C
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Contact your Toyota dealer.
Type D
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Contact your Toyota dealer.
389
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Fuse layout and amperage ratings
■Motor compartment
Type A (driver’s side)
Fuse Ampere Circuit
1 INV MTR 10 A Inverter motor
2 IGDI 1 10 A
Traction battery, multiplex commu-
nication system, thermal control
system
3 BATT W/P 1 15 A Traction battery
4 BATT W/P 2 15 A Traction battery
5 P/T W/P 15 A Cooling system
6 IGDI MAIN 20 A INV MTR, IGDI 1
7 HAZ 15 A Emergency flashers
8 IGCT 3 20 A PM-IGCT, P CNT-IGCT, A/C-IGCT,
FAN-IGCT
9 G/W-B 10 A Multiplex communication system
10 RADIO 30 A Audio system
11 P CNT-B 7.5 A Parking control system
390
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
12 ABS 1 30 A Anti-lock brake system
13 ECB 1 50 A Electronically controlled brake sys-
tem
14 ECB 2 50 A Electronically controlled brake sys-
tem
15 W/P-IGCT 50 A P/T W/P, BATT W/P 1, BATT W/P 2
16 EPS 60 A Electric power steering
17 P/I 60 A IGCT-D, HORN, parking control
system, IG2
18 MAIN 60 A
H-LP MAIN, DRL, ODS, smart key
system, ABS 2, steering lock sys-
tem, PM-B, ECU-B MAIN
19 CONTACTOR 15 A Traction battery, charging system
20 IG2 15 A Starting system
21 HORN 10 A Horn
22 IGCT-D 7.5 A
Thermal control system, power
management ECU, parking control
system, multiplex communication
system
23 PM-IGCT 7.5 A Power management system
24 P CNT-IGCT 7.5 A Parking control system
25 A/C-IGCT 10 A Air conditioning system
26 FAN-IGCT 7.5 A Electric cooling fans
Fuse Ampere Circuit
391
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Type B (passenger’s side)
Fuse Ampere Circuit
1 THRML CTRL 10 A Thermal control system
2 G/W-IGCT 10 A Multiplex communication system
3 DRL 7.5 A Daytime running light system
4 ECU-B 2 7.5 A Air conditioning system
5 A/C-B 7.5 A Gauges and meters, steering sen-
sor
6 H-LP LH-LO 10 A Left-hand headlight (low beam)
7 H-LP RH-LO 10 A Right-hand headlight (low beam)
8 H-LP LH-HI 10 A Left-hand headlight (high beam)
9 H-LP RH-HI 10 A Right-hand headlight (high beam)
10 DOME 7.5 A
Foot lights, vanity lights, interior
lights, personal lights, luggage
compartment light
11 ECU-B 1 7.5 A Anti-glare inside rear view mirror,
smart key system
12 DCM-B 7.5 A DCM-B
13 P CNT MTR 30 A Parking control system
392
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
14 SMART 7.5 A Smart key system
15 STRG LOCK 20 A Steering lock system
16 AM2 7.5 A Starting system
17 ABS 2 7.5 A Anti-lock brake system
18 PTC HTR 2 50 A Air conditioning system
19 PTC HTR 1 50 A Air conditioning system
20 PTC HTR 3 50 A Air conditioning system
21 CHARGER 5 A Charging system
22 IGCT 2 20 A THRML CTRL, G/W-IGCT
23 HV BATT 10 A Traction battery
24 PM-B 7.5 A Power management system
25 ODS 7.5 A Occupant classification system
26 HTR 50 A Air conditioning system
27 FAN 1 50 A Electric cooling fans
28 FAN 2 50 A Electric cooling fans
29 H-LP MAIN 40 A
H-LP LH-LO, H-LP RH-LO, H-LP
LH-HI, H-LP RH-HI, manual head-
light leveling system, daytime run-
ning light system
30 ECU-B MAIN 30 A ECU-B 2, A/C-B
31 SPARE 5 A Spare fuse
32 SPARE 10 A Spare fuse
33 SPARE 20 A Spare fuse
Fuse Ampere Circuit
393
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Type C
Fuse Ampere Circuit
1 FL J/B 140 A
ECU-IG1 2, back-up lights, wind-
shield wipers and washers, rear
window wiper and washer, ECU-
IG1 1, seat heaters, ECU-IG1 3,
power windows, stop lights, OBD,
ACC-MAIN, charging indicator,
DEF, TAIL, power outlets, switch
illumination, instrument panel
lights, gauges and meters, audio
system, air conditioning system
394
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■Under the instrument panel
Front side of the fuse block
Fuse Ampere Circuit
1 DCM-IG2 5 A DCM-IG2
2 PM-IG2 5 A Power management system
3 IG2 2 5 A Steering lock system, smart key
system
4 IG2 1 5 A
Electronically controlled brake sys-
tem, stop/tail lights, high mounted
stoplight
5 SSR-IG1 5 A Vehicle stability control system,
steering sensor
6 EPS-IG1 5 A Electric power steering
7 P/W-MAIN 30 A Power windows
8 DEF 30 A Rear window defogger
395
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Fuse block (under side view)
Fuse Ampere Circuit
1 TAIL 10 A
Tail lights, license plate light, side
marker lights, daytime running light
system
2 PANEL 7.5 A Switch illuminations
3 BKUP LP 10 A Back-up lights
4 P/W-FL 20 A Power windows
5 P/W-RL 20 A Power windows
6 P/W-RR 20 A Power windows
7 P/OUT 15 A Power outlet
8 ACC-B 7.5 A
Audio system, power rear view mir-
ror control, air conditioning sys-
tem, smart key system, main body
ECU
9 MIR HTR 10 A Outside rear view mirror defoggers
10 P/OUT-MAIN 15 A Power outlets
11 A/B-IG2 7.5 A SRS airbag system
12 GAUGE 7.5 A Gauges and meters
13 ECU-IG1 3 10 A EPS-IG1, SSR-IG1
14 S/HTR 15 A Seat heaters
15 WIPER 25 A Windshield wipers
16 WIPER RR 15 A Rear window wiper
396
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
17 WASHER 15 A Windshield washer, rear window
washer
18 ECU-IG1 1 10 A
Electronically controlled brake sys-
tem, tire pressure warning system,
air conditioning system, main body
ECU, anti-glare inside rear view
mirror, Vehicle Proximity Notifica-
tion System, navigation system
19 ECU-IG1 2 10 A Emergency flashers, rear window
defogger, air conditioning system
20 OBD 7.5 A On-board diagnosis system
21 STOP 10 A Stop/tail lights, high mounted stop-
light
22 CHRG IND 7.5 A Charging indicator
23 DOOR 25 A Power windows
24 ACC-MAIN 25 A ACC-B, P/OUT, DCM
Fuse Ampere Circuit
397
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
■After a fuse is replaced
●If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb
may need replacement. (P. 400)
●If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.
■If there is an overload in a circuit
The fuses are designed to blow, protecting the wiring harness from damage.
■When replacing light bulbs
Toyota recommends that you use genuine Toyota products designed for this
vehicle.
Because certain bulbs are connected to circuits designed to prevent over-
load, non-genuine parts or parts not designed for this vehicle may be unus-
able.
CAUTION
■To prevent system breakdowns and vehicle fire
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the vehicle, and possibly a fire or
injury.
●Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than that indicated, or use
any other object in place of a fuse.
●Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent.
Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix.
●Do not modify the fuses or fuse boxes.
NOTICE
■Before replacing fuses
Have the cause of electrical overload determined and repaired by your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
398
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Headlight aim
■Vertical movement adjusting bolts
Adjustment bolt A
Adjustment bolt B
■Before checking the headlight aim
Make sure the area around the headlight is not deformed.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Sit in the driver’s seat.
Adjust the manual headlight leveling dial position to 0.
Bounce the vehicle several times.
■Adjusting the headlight aim
Remove the motor compartment cover. (P. 356)
Using a Phillips-head screw-
driver, turn bolt A in either
direction.
Remember the turning direc-
tion and the number of turns.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
STEP
1
STEP
2
399
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Turn bolt B the same number
of turns and in the same direc-
tion as step 2.
If the headlight cannot be
adjusted using this procedure,
take the vehicle to your Toyota
dealer to adjust the headlight
aim.
STEP
3
400
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Light bulbs
You may replace the following bulbs by yourself. The difficulty level
of replacement varies depending on the bulb. If necessary bulb
replacement seems difficult to perform, contact your Toyota dealer.
For more information about replacing other light bulbs, contact your
Toyota dealer.
■Preparing for light bulb replacement
Check the wattage of the light bulb to be replaced. (P. 488)
■Removing the motor compartment cover
P. 356
■Front bulb locations
Front turn signal
Headlight high beam
401
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
■Rear bulb locations
Rear turn signal lights
Rear side marker lights
Back-up lights License plate
lights
402
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Replacing light bulbs
■Headlight high beams
Turn the cover counterclockwise
and remove it.
Turn the bulb base counterclock-
wise.
Unplug the connector while pull-
ing the lock release.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
403
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Replace the light bulb and install
the bulb base.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb
with the mounting, and insert.
Turn and secure the bulb base.
Shake the bulb base gently to
check that it is not loose, turn the
headlight high beams on once
and visually confirm that no light
is leaking through the mounting.
■Front turn signal
Turn the steering wheel in the
opposite direction of the front
turn signal that you wish to
replace.
For example, if you wish to
replace the front turn signal on
the right side, turn the steering
wheel to the left.
STEP
4
STEP
5
STEP
1
404
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Remove the clips using a flat-
head screwdriver.
Move section “A” of the fender
liner to the inner side of the vehi-
cle, partly removing it and
thereby allowing access to the
front turn signal.
STEP
2
STEP
3
405
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
Turn the bulb base counterclock-
wise.
Remove the light bulb.
STEP
4
STEP
5
406
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■Back-up lights, rear turn signal and rear side marker lights
Open the back door (P. 113)
and remove the cover.
Right side only:
Remove the emergency tire
puncture repair kit’s compressor.
Turn the bulb base counterclock-
wise.
Rear side marker light
Rear turn signal light
Back-up light
Remove the light bulb.
Rear side marker light
Rear turn signal light
Back-up light
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
407
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
■License plate lights
Remove the cover as shown in
the illustration.
Turn the bulb base counterclock-
wise.
Remove the light bulb.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
408
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■Replacing the following lights
If any of the lights listed below has burnt out, have it replaced by
your Toyota dealer.
●Headlight low beams
●Daytime running/parking lights
●Front side marker lights
●Side turn signal lights
●Stop/tail lights
●High mounted stoplight
■LED lights
The headlight low beams, daytime running/parking lights, front side marker
lights, stop/tail lights and high mounted stoplight consists of a number of
LEDs. If any of the LEDs burn out, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer to
have the light replaced.
■Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens
Temporary condensation build-up on the inside of the headlight lens does
not indicate a malfunction.
Contact your Toyota dealer for more information in the following situations:
●Large drops of water have built up on the inside of the lens.
●Water has built up inside the headlight.
■Replacing the back-up light, rear turn signal and rear side marker light
bulbs
There is a ECU near the left hand side bulb bases.
When removing the bulb base, make sure to not subject the ECU to impacts.
(P. 319)
■When replacing light bulbs
P. 397
409
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4
Maintenance and care
CAUTION
■Replacing light bulbs
●Turn off the lights. Do not attempt to replace the bulb immediately after
turning off the lights.
The bulbs become very hot and may cause burns.
●Do not touch the glass portion of the light bulb with bare hands. When it is
unavoidable to hold the glass portion, use and hold with a clean dry cloth
to avoid getting moisture and oils on the bulb.
Also, if the bulb is scratched or dropped, it may blow out or crack.
●Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failure to do so
may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. This
may damage the headlights or cause condensation to build up on the lens.
■To prevent damage or fire
Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked.
410
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
When trouble arises 5
411
5-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers ......... 412
If your vehicle needs to
be towed ........................ 413
If you think something
is wrong ......................... 416
5-2. Steps to take in an
emergency
If a warning light turns
on or a warning buzzer
sounds... ....................... 417
If a warning message is
displayed........................ 427
If you have a flat tire......... 447
If the EV (Electric Vehicle)
system will not start ....... 465
If you lose your keys ........ 467
If the electronic key
does not operate
properly.......................... 468
If the vehicle 12-volt
battery is discharged...... 470
If your vehicle
overheats ....................... 475
If the vehicle becomes
stuck .............................. 477
If your vehicle has to
be stopped in an
emergency..................... 479
412
5-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers
■Emergency flashers
If the emergency flashers are used for a long time while the EV system is not
operating (while the “READY” indicator is not illuminated), the 12-volt battery
may discharge.
The emergency flashers are used to warn other drivers when the
vehicle has to be stopped in the road due to a breakdown, etc.
Press the switch.
All the turn signal lights will
flash. To turn them off, press
the switch once again.
5
When trouble arises
413
5-1. Essential information
If your vehicle needs to be towed
Before towing
The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact
your Toyota dealer before towing.
●The EV system is operating but the vehicle will not move.
●The vehicle makes an abnormal sound.
If there is a malfunction in the P position control system, or if the 12-
volt battery is discharged, the vehicle cannot be moved with the front
wheels on the ground, as the front wheels may be locked.
In this case, move the vehicle with both front wheels or all four
wheels lifted.
Jump start procedure (P. 470)
If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle towed by
your Toyota dealer or a commercial towing service, using a lift-type
truck or flatbed truck.
Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/pro-
vincial and local laws.
414
5-1. Essential information
Towing with a sling-type truck
Do not tow with a sling-type truck
to prevent body damage.
Towing with a wheel-lift type truck
From the front
Release the parking brake.
From the rear
Use a towing dolly under the
front wheels.
5
When trouble arises
415
5-1. Essential information
Using a flat bed truck
If you use chains or cables to tie
down your vehicle, the angles
shaded in black must be 45.
Do not overly tighten the tie
downs or the vehicle may be
damaged.
NOTICE
■To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing using a wheel-lift type
truck
When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at
the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Without adequate clearance, the
vehicle could be damaged while being towed.
■To prevent body damage when towing with a sling-type truck
Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear.
■To prevent causing serious damage to the EV system when towing
using a wheel-lift type truck
Never tow this vehicle from the rear with the front wheels on the ground.
Doing so can lead to EV system damage.
416
5-1. Essential information
If you think something is wrong
If you notice any of the following symptoms, your vehicle probably
needs adjustment or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
■Visible symptoms
●Fluid leaks under the vehicle
(Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.)
●Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear
■Audible symptoms
●Excessive tire squeal when cornering
●Strange noises related to the suspension system
■Operational symptoms
●Stumbling or running roughly
●Appreciable loss of power
●Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking
●Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road
●Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost
touches the floor
5
When trouble arises
417
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds...
Stop the vehicle immediately. Continuing to drive the vehicle
may be dangerous.
The following warning indicates a possible problem in the brake sys-
tem. Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
*: Brake system warning buzzer:
When there is a possible problem that could affect braking performance, the
warning light will come on and a warning buzzer may sound.
Parking brake engaged warning buzzer:
P. 433
Warning light Warning light/Details
(Red)
Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)*
• Low brake fluid
• Malfunction in the brake system
This light also comes on when the parking brake is not
released. If the light turns off after the parking brake is fully
released the system is operating normally.
■Brake system warning light operation
Although depressing the brake pedal repeatedly may cause the red brake
system warning light to turn on and the buzzer to sound, this does not indi-
cate a malfunction.
Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights
comes on or flashes. If a light comes on or flashes, but then goes
off, this does not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the system.
However, if this continues to occur, have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer.
418
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Stop the vehicle immediately.
The following warning indicates the possibility of damage to the vehi-
cle that may lead to an accident. Immediately stop the vehicle in a
safe place and contact your Toyota dealer.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Failure to investigate the cause of the following warnings may lead to
the system operating abnormally and possibly cause an accident.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Warning light Warning light/Details
12-volt battery charging system warning light
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s 12-volt battery
charging system.
Warning light Warning light/Details
SRS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The SRS airbag system;
• The front passenger occupant classification system; or
• The seat belt pretensioner system.
“ABS” warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The ABS;
• The brake assist system.
Electric power steering system warning light (warning
buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power Steer-
ing) system
Slip indicator light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The VSC;
• The TRAC;
• The hill-start assist control
5
When trouble arises
419
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Follow the correction procedures.
After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem,
check that the warning light goes off.
(Yellow)
Brake system warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The regenerative brake system; or
• The electronically controlled brake system
(Flashing)
Cruise control indicator light
Indicates a malfunction in the cruise control system
Warning light Warning light/Details Correction procedure
Open door warning light
(warning buzzer)*1
Indicates that a door is
not fully closed
Check that all the doors
are closed.
SOC (State of Charge)
warning light
The amount of charge
remaining in the traction
battery has fallen to the
SOC gauge’s 2 lowest
segments
Charge the vehicle.
(Yellow)
Plug-in indicator
Indicates a malfunction
with the charging cable.
Reconnect the charging
cable.
If the warning light
does not go off even
after reconnecting the
charging cable, contact
your Toyota dealer.
Warning light Warning light/Details
420
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
(Flash quickly)
Charging indicator
Indicates a malfunction in
the charging system
P. 59
Output control warning
light (warning buzzer)
EV system power avail-
able is low (due to the
amount of charge remain-
ing in the traction battery
being low, or low temper-
ature or high tempera-
ture)
Charge the vehicle.
Seat belt reminder light
(warning buzzer)*2
Warns the driver/front
passenger to fasten his/
her seat belt.
Fasten the seat belt.
Master warning light
A buzzer sounds and the
warning light comes on
and flashes to indicate
that the master warning
system has detected a
malfunction.
P. 427
Warning light Warning light/Details Correction procedure
5
When trouble arises
421
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
*1:Open door warning buzzer
P. 433
*2:Driver's and front passenger’s seat belt warning buzzers
The driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt warning buzzers sound to alert
the driver and front passenger that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The
buzzer sounds intermittently for 10 seconds after the vehicle has reached a
speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the
buzzer will sound at a different tone for 20 more seconds.
Tire pressure warning
light
When the light comes on:
Low tire inflation pressure
such as
• Natural causes (P. 422)
• Flat tire (P. 447)
Adjust the tire inflation
pressure (including the
spare tire) to the speci-
fied level.
The light will turn off
after a few minutes. In
case the light does
not turn off even if the
tire inflation pressure
is adjusted, have the
system checked by
your Toyota dealer.
When the light comes on
after blinking for 1 minute:
Malfunction in the tire
pressure warning system
(P. 423)
Have the system
checked by your
Toyota dealer.
Warning light Warning light/Details Correction procedure
422
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
■SRS warning light
This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front impact
sensors, side impact sensors, driver's seat position sensor, driver's seat belt
buckle switch, front passenger occupant classification system, “AIR BAG
ON” indicator light, “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light, front passenger's seat
belt buckle switch, seat belt pretensioner assemblies, airbags, interconnect-
ing wiring and power sources. (P. 154)
■Front passenger detection sensor and passenger seat belt reminder
●If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passenger
detection sensor may cause the warning light to flash, even if a passen-
ger is not sitting in the seat.
●If a cushion is placed on the seat, the sensor may not detect a passen-
ger, and the warning light may not operate properly.
■Electric power steering system warning light (warning buzzer)
When the 12-volt battery charge becomes insufficient or the voltage tempo-
rarily drops, the electric power steering system warning light may come on
and the warning buzzer may sound.
■The tire pressure warning light may turn on due to natural causes
The tire pressure warning light may turn on due to natural causes such
as natural air leaks or tire inflation pressure changes caused by temper-
ature. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the
warning light (after a few minutes).
5
When trouble arises
423
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
■If the tire pressure warning system is inoperative
The tire pressure warning system will be disabled in the following condi-
tions:
(When the condition becomes normal, the system will work properly.)
●If tires not equipped with tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters are used.
●If the ID code on the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters is
not registered in the tire pressure warning computer.
●If the tire inflation pressure is 73 psi (500 kPa, 5.1 kgf/cm2 or bar) or
higher.
The tire pressure warning system may be disabled in the following condi-
tions:
(When the condition becomes normal, the system will work properly.)
●If electronic devices or facilities using similar radio wave frequencies
are nearby.
●If a radio set at similar frequencies is in use in the vehicle.
●If a window tint that affects the radio wave signals is installed.
●If there is a lot of snow or ice on the vehicle, in particular around the
wheels or wheel housings.
●If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used (Even if you use Toyota
wheels, the tire pressure warning system may not work properly with
some types of tires.)
●If tire chains are used.
●If a large metallic object which can interfere with signal reception is
put in the luggage compartment.
■If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking
for 1 minute
If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking for 1
minute when the “POWER” switch is turned to ON mode, have it
checked by your Toyota dealer.
■Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
The vehicle speed linked seat belt reminder buzzer can be disabled.
(Customizable features P. 500) However, Toyota recommends that the
seat belt reminder buzzer be operational to alert the driver and front passen-
ger that the seat belts are not fastened.
424
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
■When the electric power steering warning light comes on
The steering wheel may become extremely heavy.
If the steering wheel becomes heavier than usual when operating, hold
firmly and operate using more force than usual.
■If the tire pressure warning light comes on
Be sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to do so could cause a
loss of vehicle control and result in death or serious injury.
●Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the tire infla-
tion pressure immediately.
●If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pressure
adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires. If the
tire is flat, temporarily repair it with liquid sealants and have the flat tire
repaired or replaced by the nearest Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
●Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate, you
could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes.
■If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur
The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately.
5
When trouble arises
425
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
■Maintenance of the tires
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the
vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label (tire and load information label). (If your vehicle has tires of a differ-
ent size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label [tire and load information label], you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS-tire pressure warning system) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) when
one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) illumi-
nates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-
inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency (for electric vehicles, traction
battery efficiency) and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's han-
dling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) is not a sub-
stitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale (tire
pressure warning light).
426
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS (tire pressure warning
system) malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operat-
ing properly. The TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction indi-
cator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure
warning light). When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illumi-
nated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illumi-
nated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure
as intended.
TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunctions may occur for a vari-
ety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires
or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS (tire pressure warning
system) from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS (tire pres-
sure warning system) malfunction telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) to
continue to function properly.
NOTICE
■Precaution when installing a different tire
When a tire of a different specification or maker is installed, the tire pres-
sure warning system may not operate properly.
5
When trouble arises
427
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If a warning message is displayed
If a warning is shown on the multi-information display, stay calm and
perform the following actions:
Master warning light
The master warning light also
comes on or flashes in order to
indicate that a message is cur-
rently being displayed on the
multi-information display.
Multi-information display
If any of the warning lights turn on again after the following actions,
contact your Toyota dealer.
428
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Stop the vehicle immediately.
A buzzer sounds and a warning message is shown on the multi-infor-
mation display. The following warnings indicate the possibility of dam-
age to the vehicle that may lead to an accident. Immediately stop the
vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer.
Warning message Details
Indicates a malfunction in the EV system.
Indicates a malfunction in the SOC gauge.
5
When trouble arises
429
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Have the vehicle inspected immediately.
Failure to investigate the cause of the following warnings may lead to
the system operating abnormally and possibly cause an accident.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Warning message Details
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The ABS; or,
• The brake assist system
A buzzer also sounds.
Indicates a malfunction in:
• Low brake fluid
• The brake system
A buzzer also sounds.
430
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The SRS airbag system;
• The front passenger occupant classification system;
or,
• The seat belt pretensioner system
A buzzer also sounds.
Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power
Steering) system.
A buzzer also sounds.
Warning message Details
5
When trouble arises
431
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Indicates a malfunction in the traction battery.
Indicates a malfunction in the steering lock system.
A buzzer also sounds.
Warning message Details
432
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
(Flashes)
Indicates a malfunction in the cruise control system.
Press the “ON-OFF” button once to deactivate the
system, and then press the button again to reactivate
the system.
A buzzer also sounds.
Indicates a malfunction in the P position control sys-
tem.
In this situation, there is a possibility that the parking
lock mechanism will not work.
When parking, park the vehicle on a flat surface and
apply the parking brake securely. Also, it may not be
possible to turn the “POWER” switch off. If this hap-
pens, applying the parking brake will enable the
switch to be turned off.
A buzzer also sounds.
Warning message Details
5
When trouble arises
433
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Follow the correction procedures.
A buzzer sounds and a warning message is shown on the multi-infor-
mation display. After taking the specified steps to correct the sus-
pected problem, check that the warning message goes off.
Warning message Details Correction procedure
Indicates that one or
more of the doors or
back door is not fully
closed.
The system also indi-
cates which doors are
not fully closed.
If the vehicle reaches
a speed of 3 mph (5
km/h), flashes
and a buzzer sounds
to indicate that the
door(s) are not yet
fully closed.
Make sure that all the
doors are closed.
Due to the traction
battery's temperature
being low, power out-
put and maximum
speed are limited.
Wait for battery warm-
up to be completed.
434
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Due to the traction
battery's temperature
being high, power out-
put and maximum
speed are limited.
Wait for battery cooling
to be completed.
The EV system was
started while the trac-
tion battery's tempera-
ture was very low.
Plug in the vehicle to
warm-up the battery.
The EV system was
started while the trac-
tion battery's tempera-
ture is high.
Wait for the vehicle to
cool down before driv-
ing.
Warning message Details Correction procedure
5
When trouble arises
435
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Due to the amount of
charge remaining in
the traction battery
and its temperature
being low, power out-
put and maximum
speed are limited.
• Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)
• Wait for battery warm-
up to be completed.
Due to the traction
battery's high temper-
ature and the amount
of charge remaining in
the traction battery
being low, power out-
put and maximum
speed are limited.
• Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)
• Wait for battery cooling
to be completed.
The EV system was
started while the trac-
tion battery's tempera-
ture and amount of
charge remaining in
the traction battery are
low.
• Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)
• Wait for battery warm-
up to be completed.
Warning message Details Correction procedure
436
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
The EV system was
started while the trac-
tion battery's tempera-
ture is high and the
amount of charge
remaining in the trac-
tion battery is low.
• Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)
• Wait for battery cooling
to be completed.
Due to the amount of
charge remaining in
the traction battery
being low, power out-
put is limited.
Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)
The EV system was
started while the
amount of charge
remaining in the trac-
tion battery is low.
Charge the vehicle
immediately. (P. 53)
Warning message Details Correction procedure
5
When trouble arises
437
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
The EV system was
turned off while the
amount of charge
remaining in the trac-
tion battery is low.
Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)
The amount of charge
remaining in the trac-
tion battery is low.
A buzzer also sounds.
Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)
The amount of charge
remaining in the trac-
tion battery is low.
A buzzer also sounds.
Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)
Warning message Details Correction procedure
438
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Indicates that the park-
ing brake is still
engaged.
flashes and a
buzzer sounds to indi-
cate that the parking
brake is still engaged
(with the vehicle having
reached a speed of 3
mph [5 km/h]).
Release the parking
brake.
Indicates that the
washer fluid level is low. Add washer fluid.
Due to the amount of
charge remaining in the
traction battery being
high, power regener-
ated through regenera-
tive braking is reduced.
Apply the brake pedal
as needed to slow
down.
(Flashes)
The driver's door is
opened when the
transmission is out of
P with the EV system
on.
Push the P position
switch.
Warning message Details Correction procedure
5
When trouble arises
439
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
(Flashes)
Indicates that the
accelerator pedal is
depressed while the
shift position is in P.
A buzzer also sounds.
Release the accelera-
tor pedal and shift the
shift position to D or R.
(Flashes)
Indicates that the
accelerator pedal is
depressed while the
shift position is in N.
A buzzer also sounds.
Release the accelera-
tor pedal and shift the
shift position to D or R.
Warning message Details Correction procedure
440
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Have the malfunction repaired immediately.
After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem,
check that the warning message and light turn off.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer Warning message Details Correction
procedure
Once
(Comes on for 10 seconds.)
(Flashes)
The electronic
key is not
detected when
attempting to
start the EV
system.
Confirm
the loca-
tion of the
electronic
key.
Once 3 times
(Flashes)
An open door
other than the
driver’s door is
closed while the
electronic key is
outside the
detection range
and the
“POWER”
switch is in
ACCESSORY
or ON mode.
Confirm
the loca-
tion of the
electronic
key.
5
When trouble arises
441
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Once 3 times
(Flashes)
An open door
other than the
driver’s door is
closed while the
electronic key is
outside the
detection range
and the
“POWER”
switch is in
ACCESSORY
or ON mode
with the shift
position in P.
Turn the
“POWER”
switch to
off or con-
firm the
location of
the elec-
tronic key.
Contin-
uous
(Flashes)
The driver’s
door has been
opened with the
shift position in
a position other
than P and with-
out first turning
the “POWER”
switch off.
Put the
shift posi-
tion into P.
Once
The electronic
key battery is
low.
Replace
the bat-
tery.
(P. 383)
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer Warning message Details Correction
procedure
442
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Once
(Flashes)
An open door
has been
closed and the
“POWER”
switch has been
turned twice to
the ACCES-
SORY mode
from off.
Press the
“POWER”
switch
while
depress-
ing the
brake
pedal.
(Flashes)
Indicates that
the steering
lock has not
released within
3 seconds of
pressing the
“POWER”
switch.
Press the
“POWER”
switch
again while
turning the
steering
wheel with
the brake
pedal
depressed.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer Warning message Details Correction
procedure
5
When trouble arises
443
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Charging and pre-climate messages
Charging messages are shown on the multi-information display
when: the traction battery is being charged using the charging cable,
the driver's door is opened, and the “POWER” switch is turned to ON
mode after charging has been completed (when both charging indica-
tor lights illuminate).
If one of the messages is displayed, follow the correction procedures.
Messages Details Correction procedure
The charging cable has
been connected to the
vehicle while the
“READY” indicator light
was illuminated.
A buzzer also sounds.
A safety function* oper-
ates and automatically
turns off the EV system.
Turn the “POWER”
switch off, and perform
charging according to
the instructions on page
91.
An attempt has been
made to start the EV
system while the charg-
ing cable was con-
nected.
A buzzer also sounds.
A safety function* oper-
ates, not allowing the
EV system to be started
while the charging cable
is connected.
Remove the charging
cable and start the EV
system.
An attempt to start
charging while the
“POWER” switch is in
ON mode was made.
Charging has not been
properly completed.
Perform charging again
according to the instruc-
tions on page 53.
The vehicle can be
driven without perform-
ing charging again,
however, the drivable
distance will be short-
ened.
444
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Charging has been
completed and the
“POWER” switch was
turned to ON mode.
• The message will be
displayed even if charg-
ing was interrupted by a
power outage, the
charging cable being
disconnected, etc.
• This message will be
displayed in conjunction
with other messages.
The simultaneously dis-
played message will dif-
fer in accordance with
the charging status (for
example, if charging
was completed or has
been interrupted).
Turn the “POWER”
switch off once and the
display will turn off.
Then turn the “POWER”
switch to ON mode.
• If a message warning of
an interruption in charg-
ing is displayed simulta-
neously, turn the
“POWER” switch off.
After approximately 6
seconds have passed,
turn the “POWER”
switch back to ON
mode.
• After the “POWER”
switch operations have
been performed, the
vehicle can be driven as
normal.
Charging was aborted
due to a malfunction
from the power source.
Charging has not been
properly completed.
Perform charging again
according to the instruc-
tions on page 53.
The vehicle can be
driven without perform-
ing charging again,
however, the drivable
distance will be short-
ened.
Messages Details Correction procedure
5
When trouble arises
445
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
The charging cable was
disconnected from the
vehicle during charging.
Charging has not been
properly completed.
Perform charging again
according to the instruc-
tions on page 53.
The vehicle can be
driven without perform-
ing charging again,
however, the drivable
distance will be short-
ened.
One of the following has
occurred during charg-
ing:
• The charging cable was
disconnected.
• Charging was inter-
rupted by a power out-
age or similar.
Charging has not been
properly completed.
Perform charging again
according to the instruc-
tions on page 53.
The vehicle can be
driven without perform-
ing charging again,
however, the drivable
distance will be short-
ened.
Charging was aborted
due to a system mal-
function.
Contact your Toyota
dealer.
Charging was aborted
due to high consump-
tion of the 12-volt bat-
tery.
Perform charging again
after turning off electri-
cal components that
use the 12-volt battery,
such as the audio sys-
tem and air conditioning
system.
Messages Details Correction procedure
446
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
* For more information regarding safety systems, see page 88.
Charging was aborted
due to low traction bat-
tery temperature.
Wait for battery warm-
up to be completed.
Pre-climate operations
were aborted due to the
amount of charge
remaining in the traction
battery being low.
Charge the vehicle.
(P. 53)
Pre-climate operations
were aborted due to a
door being opened.
Reset the pre-climate
settings or restart oper-
ations using a smart
phone. (P. 57, 58)
■Charging Message Details
Depending on operation conditions, the details of a message shown on the
multi-information display and actual vehicle conditions may differ (for exam-
ple the previous condition may be shown). However, the following are not a
malfunction:
If “Charging Not Available Due to IG On turn IG Off to Charge” is shown on
the multi-information display, the message may still be displayed even after
the “POWER” switch is turned off once, the charging cable is reconnected
and the “POWER” switch is turned to ON mode again. However, if the charg-
ing indicator lights are illuminated or flashing (P. 63), charging has recom-
menced correctly.
If “Canceled” is shown on the multi-information display, pre-climate opera-
tions stopped partway through due to the system judging that 15 minutes of
pre-climate operations was unnecessary. For example, soon after pre-cli-
mate operations started, the cabin temperature reached the set temperature
and pre-climate operations were stopped early.
When pre-climate has completed operations normally, “Complete” is shown
on the multi-information display.
Messages Details Correction procedure
5
When trouble arises
447
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If you have a flat tire
A puncture caused by a nail or screw passing through the tire
tread can be repaired temporarily using the emergency tire punc-
ture repair kit. (The kit contains a bottle of sealant. The sealant
can be used only once to temporarily repair one tire without
removing the nail or screw from the tire.) Depending on the dam-
age, this kit cannot be used to repair the tire. (P. 450)
After temporarily repairing the tire with the kit, have the tire
repaired or replaced by your Toyota dealer. Repairs conducted
using the emergency tire puncture repair kit are only a temporary
measure. Have the tire repaired and replaced as soon as possi-
ble.
■Before repairing the tire
●Stop the vehicle in a safe place on a hard, flat surface.
●Set the parking brake.
●Push the P position switch.
●Stop the EV system.
●Turn on the emergency flashers.
448
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
■Location of the emergency tire puncture repair kit
■Emergency tire puncture repair kit components
Bottle
Emergency tire puncture repair kit
Air release cap
Hose Stickers
5
When trouble arises
449
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Compressor
Power plug
Air pressure gauge
Compressor
switch
450
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Before performing emergency repair
Check the degree of the tire damage.
A tire should only be repaired
with the emergency tire puncture
repair kit if the damage is caused
by a nail or screw passing
through the tire tread.
• Do not remove the nail or
screw from the tire. Removing
the object may widen the
opening and prevent emer-
gency repair with the repair kit.
• To avoid sealant leakage,
move the vehicle until the area
of the puncture, if known, is
positioned at the top of the
tire.
■In the following cases, the tire cannot be repaired with the emer-
gency tire puncture repair kit. Contact your Toyota dealer.
●When the tire is damaged due to driving without sufficient air pres-
sure
●When there are any cracks or damage at any location on the tire
except the tread, such as the sidewall
●When the tire is visibly separated from the wheel
●When the cut or damage to the tread is 0.16 in. (4 mm) long or more
●When the wheel is damaged
●When two or more tires have been punctured
●When 2 or more sharp objects, such as nails or screws, have passed
through the tread on a single tire
●When the sealant has expired
5
When trouble arises
451
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Taking out the emergency tire puncture repair kit
Disengage the claws and
remove the cover.
Take out the emergency tire
puncture repair kit.
STEP
1
STEP
2
452
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Emergency repair method
Take out the repair kit from the luggage compartment.
Remove the valve cap from the
valve of the punctured tire.
Extend the hose. Remove the air
release cap from the hose.
You will use the air release cap
again. Therefore, keep it in a
safe place.
Connect the hose to the valve.
Screw the end of the hose
clockwise as far as possible.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
5
When trouble arises
453
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Make sure that the compressor
switch is off.
Lift the rubber stopper on the
compressor.
Remove the power plug from the
compressor.
STEP
5
STEP
6
STEP
7
5
When trouble arises
455
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Connect the bottle to the com-
pressor.
Make sure that the bottle is
securely connected.
Attach the 2 stickers as shown.
Remove any dirt and moisture
from the wheel before attaching
the label. If it is impossible to
attach the label, make sure to
tell your Toyota dealer when
you have them repair and
replace the tire that sealant is
injected.
STEP
9
STEP
10
456
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Check the specified tire inflation
pressure.
Tire inflation pressure is speci-
fied on the label on the driver's
side pillar as shown. (P. 488)
Start the EV system.
To inject the sealant and inflate
the tire, turn the compressor
switch on.
STEP
11
STEP
12
STEP
13
5
When trouble arises
457
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Inflate the tire until the specified
air pressure is reached.
The sealant will be injected
and the pressure will spike to
44 psi (300 kPa, 3.1 kgf/cm2
or bar) to 58 psi (400 kPa, 4.1
kgf/cm2 or bar), and then
gradually decrease.
The air pressure gauge will
display the actual tire inflation
pressure about 1 minute (15
minutes at low temperature)
after the switch is turned on.
Inflate the tire until the speci-
fied air pressure.
• Turn the compressor switch
off and then check the tire
inflation pressure. Being
careful not to over inflate,
check and repeat the inflation
procedure until the specified
tire inflation pressure is
reached.
• If the tire inflation pressure is
still lower than the specified
point after inflation for 10
minutes (35 minutes at low
temperature) with the switch
on, the tire is too damaged to
be repaired. Turn the com-
pressor switch off and con-
tact your Toyota dealer.
STEP
14
458
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
• If the tire inflation pressure
exceeds the specified air
pressure, let out some air to
adjust the tire inflation pres-
sure. (P. 460, 488)
With the compressor switch off, disconnect the hose from the
valve on the tire and then pull out the power plug from the
power outlet socket.
Some sealant may leak when the hose is removed.
Install the valve cap onto the valve of the emergency repaired
tire.
Attach the air release cap to the
end of the hose.
If the air release cap is not
attached, the sealant may leak
and the vehicle may get dirty.
Do not insert sharp objects into
the tip of the bottle's hose.
Temporarily store the bottle in the luggage compartment while
it is connected to the compressor.
To spread the liquid sealant evenly within the tire, immediately
drive safely for about 3 miles (5 km) below 50 mph (80 km/h).
After driving for about 3 miles (5
km), stop your vehicle in a safe
place on a hard, flat surface and
remove the air release cap from
the hose before reconnecting the
repair kit.
STEP
15
STEP
16
STEP
17
STEP
18
STEP
19
STEP
20
5
When trouble arises
459
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Turn the compressor switch on
and wait for an approximately 5
seconds, and then turn it off.
Check the tire inflation pressure.
If the tire inflation pressure is
under 19 psi (130 kPa, 1.3
kgf/cm2 or bar): The puncture
cannot be repaired. Contact
your Toyota dealer.
If the tire inflation pressure is
19 psi (130 kPa, 1.3 kgf/cm2
or bar) or higher, but less than
the specified air pressure:
Proceed to .
If the tire inflation pressure is
the specified air pressure
(P. 488): Proceed to .
Turn the compressor switch on to inflate the tire until the spec-
ified air pressure is reached. Drive for about 3 miles (5 km)
and then perform .
Attach the air release cap to the
end of the hose.
If the air release cap is not
attached, the sealant may leak
and the vehicle may get dirty.
Do not insert sharp objects into
the tip of the bottle's hose.
Store the bottle in the luggage compartment while it is con-
nected to the compressor.
Taking precautions to avoid sudden braking, sudden accelera-
tion and sharp turns, drive carefully at under 50 mph (80 km/h)
to a Toyota dealer that is less than 62 miles (100 km) away for
tire repair or replacement.
STEP
21
STEP
22
STEP
23
STEP
22
STEP
20
STEP
23
STEP
24
STEP
25
460
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
■If the tire is inflated to more than the specified air pressure
Disconnect the hose from the valve.
Disconnect the hose from the valve, remove the air release cap
from the hose and then reconnect the hose.
Turn the compressor switch on and wait for several seconds,
and then turn it off. Check that the air pressure indicator shows
the specified air pressure.
If the air pressure is under the designated pressure, turn the
compressor switch on again and repeat the inflation procedure
until the specified air pressure is reached.
■The valve of a tire that has been repaired
After a tire is repaired with the emergency tire puncture repair kit, the
valve should be replaced.
■Note for checking the emergency tire puncture repair kit
Check the sealant expiration date occasionally.
The expiration date is shown on the bottle. Do not use sealant whose
expiration date has already passed. Otherwise, repairs conducted using
the emergency tire puncture repair kit may not be performed properly.
STEP
1
Install the air release cap to the end of
the hose and push the protrusion on
the air release cap into the tire valve to
let some air out.
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
5
When trouble arises
461
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
■Emergency tire puncture repair kit
●The sealant stored in the emergency tire puncture repair kit can be
used only once to temporarily repair a single tire. If the sealant has
been used and needs to be replaced, purchase a new bottle at your
Toyota dealer. The compressor is reusable.
●The sealant can be used when the outside temperature is from
-40°F (-40°C) to 140°F (60°C).
●The repair kit is exclusively designed for the size and type of tires
originally installed on your vehicle. Do not use it for tires that are a dif-
ferent size than the original ones, or for any other purposes.
●The sealant has a limited lifespan. The expiration date is marked on
the bottle. The bottle of sealant should be replaced with a new bottle
before the expiration date. Contact your Toyota dealer for replace-
ment.
●If the sealant gets on your clothes, it may stain.
●If the sealant adheres to a wheel or the surface of the vehicle body,
the stain may not be removable if it is not cleaned at once. Immedi-
ately wipe away the sealant with a wet cloth.
●During operation of the repair kit, a loud operation noise is produced.
This does not indicate a malfunction.
●Do not use to check or to adjust the tire pressure.
462
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
■Do not drive the vehicle with a flat tire
Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the
wheel beyond repair.
Driving with a flat tire may cause a circumferential groove on the side
wall. In such a case, the tire may explode when using a repair kit.
■Caution while driving
●Store the repair kit in the luggage compartment.
Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
●The repair kit is exclusively only for your vehicle.
Do not use repair kit on other vehicles, which could lead to an accident
causing death or serious injury.
●Do not use repair kit for tires that are different size than the original
ones, or for any other purpose. If the tires have not been completely
repaired, it could lead to an accident causing death or serious injury.
■Precautions for use of the sealant
●Ingesting the sealant is hazardous to your health. If you ingest sealant,
consume as much water as possible, and then immediately consult a
doctor.
●If sealant gets in eyes or adheres to skin, immediately wash it off with
water. If discomfort persists, consult a doctor.
■When fixing the flat tire
●Stop your vehicle in a safe and flat area.
●Do not touch the wheels or the area around the brakes immediately
after the vehicle has been driven.
After the vehicle has been driven, the wheels and the area around the
brakes may be extremely hot. Touching these areas with hands, feet or
other body parts may result in burns.
●Connect the valve and hose securely with the tire installed on the vehi-
cle. If the hose is not properly connected to the valve, air leakage may
occur as sealant may be sprayed out.
●If the hose comes off the valve while inflating the tire, there is a risk
that the hose will move abruptly due to air pressure.
5
When trouble arises
463
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
●After inflation of the tire has completed, the sealant may splatter when
the hose is disconnected or some air is let out of the tire.
●Follow the operation procedure to repair the tire. If the procedures not
followed, the sealant may spray out.
●Keep back from the tire while it is being repaired, as there is a chance
of it bursting while the repair operation is being performed. If you
notice any cracks or deformation of the tire, turn off the compressor
switch and stop the repair operation immediately.
●The repair kit may overheat if operated for a long period of time. Do not
operate the repair kit continuously for more than 35 minutes.
●Parts of the repair kit become hot during operation. Be careful when
handling the repair kit during and after operation. Do not touch the
metal part around the connecting area between the bottle and com-
pressor. It will be extremely hot.
●Do not attach the vehicle speed warning sticker to an area other than
the one indicated. If the sticker is attached to an area where an SRS
airbag is located, such as the pad of the steering wheel, it may prevent
the SRS airbag from operating properly.
■Driving to spread the liquid sealant evenly
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failing to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.
●Drive the vehicle carefully at a low speed. Be especially careful when
turning and cornering.
●If the vehicle does not drive straight or you feel a pull through the
steering wheel, stop the vehicle and check the following.
• Tire condition. The tire may have separated from the wheel.
• Tire inflation pressure. If the tire inflation pressure is 19 psi (130
kPa, 1.3 kgf/cm2 or bar) or less, the tire may be severely dam-
aged.
464
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
NOTICE
■When performing an emergency repair
●A tire should only be repaired with the emergency tire puncture repair
kit if the damage is caused by a sharp object such as a nail or screw
passing through the tire tread.
Do not remove the sharp object from the tire. Removing the object may
widen the opening and disenable emergency repair with the repair kit.
●The repair kit is not waterproof. Make sure that the repair kit is not
exposed to water, such as when it is being used in the rain.
●Do not put the repair kit directly onto dusty ground such as sand at the
side of the road. If the repair kit vacuums up dust etc., a malfunction
may occur.
■Precautions for the emergency tire puncture repair kit
●The repair kit power source should be 12 V DC suitable for vehicle
use. Do not connect the repair kit to any other source.
●If gasoline splatters on the repair kit, the repair kit may deteriorate.
Take care not to allow gasoline to contact it.
●Place the repair kit in the specified storage location to prevent it from
being exposed to dirt or water.
●Store the repair kit out of reach of children.
●Do not disassemble or modify the repair kit. Do not subject parts such
as the air pressure indicator to impacts. This may cause a malfunction.
5
When trouble arises
465
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If the EV (Electric Vehicle) system will not start
Reasons for the EV system not starting vary depending on the situa-
tion. Check the following and perform the appropriate procedure:
■The EV system will not start even though the correct start-
ing procedure is being followed. (P. 200)
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
●The charging cable may be connected to the vehicle.
●The electronic key may not be functioning properly. (P. 468)
●There may be a malfunction in the immobilizer system.
(P. 149)
●There may be a malfunction in the steering lock system.
●The EV system may be malfunctioning due to an electrical
problem such as an open circuit or a blown fuse. However,
depending on the type of malfunction, an interim measure is
available to start the EV system. (P. 385)
●There may be a malfunction in the P position control system.*
(P. 203)
*: It may not be possible to shift the shift position from P to other posi-
tions.
■The interior lights and headlights are dim, or the horn does
not sound or sounds at a low volume.
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
●The 12-volt battery may be discharged. (P. 470)
●The 12-volt battery terminal connections may be loose or cor-
roded.
466
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Emergency start function
When the EV system does not start, the following steps can be used
as an interim measure to start the EV system if the “POWER” switch
is functioning normally.
Set the parking brake.
Set the “POWER” switch to the ACCESSORY mode.
Push and hold the “POWER” switch for about 15 seconds
while depressing the brake pedal firmly.
Even if the EV system can be started using the above steps, the sys-
tem may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle checked by your Toyota
dealer.
■The interior lights and headlights do not turn on, or the horn
does not sound.
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
●One or both of the 12-volt battery terminals may be discon-
nected.
●The 12-volt battery may be discharged. (P. 470)
Contact your Toyota dealer if the problem cannot be repaired, or if
repair procedures are unknown.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
5
When trouble arises
467
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If you lose your keys
New genuine Toyota keys can be made by your Toyota dealer using
the other key and the key number stamped on your key number
plate.
468
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If the electronic key does not operate properly
Locking and unlocking the doors with the mechanical key
Use the mechanical key (P. 94)
in order to perform the following
operations:
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors
Turning the key rearward unlocks
the driver’s door. Turning the key
once again unlocks the other
doors.
Changing “POWER” switch modes and starting the EV system
Apply the brakes.
Touch the Toyota emblem side of
the electronic key to the
“POWER” switch.
If any of the doors is opened and
closed while the key is being
touched to the switch, an alarm
will sound to indicate that the start
function cannot detect the elec-
tronic key.
If communication between the electronic key and vehicle is inter-
rupted (P. 104) or the electronic key cannot be used because the
battery is depleted, the smart key system and wireless remote con-
trol cannot be used. In such cases, the doors and back door can be
opened and the EV system can be started by following the procedure
below.
STEP
1
STEP
2
5
When trouble arises
469
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
To change “POWER” switch modes:
Within 10 seconds of the buzzer sounding, release the brake
pedal and press the “POWER” switch. Modes can be changed
each time the switch is pressed. (P. 202)
To start the EV system:
Press the “POWER” switch within 10 seconds of the buzzer
sounding, keeping the brake pedal depressed.
In the event that the EV system still cannot be operated, contact your
Toyota dealer.
■Stopping the EV system
Set the parking brake, push the P position switch and press the “POWER”
switch as you normally do when stopping the EV system.
■Replacing the key battery
As the above procedure is a temporary measure, it is recommended that the
electronic key battery be replaced immediately when the battery is depleted.
(P. 383)
STEP
3
470
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If the vehicle 12-volt battery is discharged
The following procedures may be used to start the EV system if the
vehicle’s 12-volt battery is discharged.
You can also call your Toyota dealer or a qualified repair shop.
If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehi-
cle with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your vehicle following
the steps below.
Open the hood.
Connect the jumper cables according to the following procedure:
Connect a positive jumper cable clamp to the positive (+) battery
terminal on your vehicle.
Connect the clamp on the other end of the positive cable to the
positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle.
Connect a negative cable clamp to the negative (-) battery termi-
nal on the second vehicle.
Connect the clamp at the other end of the negative cable to a
solid, stationary, unpainted metallic point away from the battery
and any moving parts as shown in the illustration.
STEP
1
STEP
2
5
When trouble arises
471
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Start the engine of the second vehicle. Increase the engine
speed slightly and maintain that level for approximately 5
minutes to recharge the 12-volt battery of your vehicle.
Open and close any of the doors of your vehicle with the
“POWER” switch off.
Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and start
the EV system of your vehicle by turning the “POWER”
switch to ON mode.
Make sure the “READY” indicator comes on. If the indicator
does not come on, contact your Toyota dealer.
Once the EV system has started, remove the jumper cables
in the exact reverse order from which they were connected.
Once the EV system starts, have the vehicle inspected at your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
STEP
6
STEP
7
472
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
■Starting the EV system when the 12-volt battery is discharged
The EV system cannot be started by push-starting.
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
●Turn off the headlights and the navigation system while the EV system is
off.
●Turn off any unnecessary electrical components when the vehicle is run-
ning at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic.
■When the 12-volt battery is removed or discharged
●The EV system may not start. (P. 363)
●If the 12-volt battery discharges while the shift position is in P, it may not
be possible to shift the shift position to other positions.
In this case, the vehicle cannot be moved without lifting both front wheels
because the front wheels will be locked. (P. 413)
●The power windows must be initialized. (P. 147)
■Charging the 12-volt battery
The electricity stored in the 12-volt battery will discharge gradually even
when the vehicle is not in use, due to natural discharge and the draining
effects of certain electrical appliances. If the vehicle is left for a long time, the
12-volt battery may discharge, and the EV system may be unable to start.
(The 12-volt battery recharges automatically while the EV system is operat-
ing.)
5
When trouble arises
473
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
■Avoiding 12-volt battery fires or explosions
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flam-
mable gas that may be emitted from the 12-volt battery:
●Make sure each jumper cable is connected to the correct terminal and that
it is not unintentionally in contact with any other than the intended terminal.
●Do not allow the other end of the jumper cable connected to the “+” termi-
nal to come into contact with any other parts or metal surfaces in the area,
such as brackets or unpainted metal.
●Do not allow the + and - clamps of the jumper cables to come into contact
with each other.
●Do not smoke, use matches, cigarette lighters or allow open flame near
the 12-volt battery.
■12-volt battery precautions
The 12-volt battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte,
while related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following
precautions when handling the 12-volt battery:
●When working with the 12-volt battery, always wear safety glasses and
take care not to allow any 12-volt battery fluids (acid) to come into contact
with skin, clothing or the vehicle body.
●Do not lean over the 12-volt battery.
●In the event that battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or eyes,
immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical attention.
Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention
can be received.
●Always wash your hands after handling the 12-volt battery support, termi-
nals, and other battery-related parts.
●Do not allow children near the 12-volt battery.
474
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
NOTICE
■When handling jumper cables
When connecting the jumper cables, ensure that they do not become entan-
gled in the cooling fans or belt.
5
When trouble arises
475
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If your vehicle overheats
Correction procedures
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air condition-
ing system.
Check to see if steam is coming out from under the hood.
If you see steam:
Stop the EV system. Carefully lift the hood after the steam
subsides and then restart the EV system.
If you do not see steam:
Leave the EV system operating and carefully lift the hood.
Check to see if the cooling fans are operating.
If the fans are operating:
Wait until “High Battery Temp” disappears and then stop the
EV system.
If the fans are not operating:
Stop the EV system immediately and contact your Toyota
dealer.
After “High Battery Temp” disap-
pears, check the motor/traction
battery coolant level and inspect
the cooling system for leaks.
There are 2 powertrain coolant
reservoirs. Make sure to check
both of them. (P. 357)
If “High Battery Temp” is shown on the multi-information display, the
vehicle may be overheating.
If the message does not disappear after driving for a little while, fol-
low the correction procedure as described below.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
476
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If necessary, add motor coolant
up to the “FULL” line.
Add after confirming the type of
coolant. (P. 357)
Water can be used in an emer-
gency if motor coolant is unavail-
able.
Have the vehicle checked at nearest Toyota dealer as soon as possi-
ble.
STEP
5
CAUTION
■To prevent an accident or injury when inspecting under the hood of
your vehicle
●If steam is seen coming from under the hood, do not open the hood until
the steam has subsided. The motor compartment may be very hot, caus-
ing serious injury such as burns.
●Check that the indicator on the “POWER” switch and the “READY” indica-
tor are off.
●When the “READY” indicator is illuminated, the cooling fans may suddenly
start to operate. Do not touch or approach the fans. Doing so may lead to
fingers, clothes or tools getting caught, resulting in an accidental injury.
●Do not loosen the coolant reservoir cap while the EV system and radiator
are hot.
Serious injury, such as burns, may result from hot coolant and steam
released under pressure.
NOTICE
■When adding motor coolant
Wait until the EV system has cooled down before adding motor coolant.
When adding coolant, do so slowly. Adding cool coolant to a hot EV system
too quickly can cause damage to the EV system.
5
When trouble arises
477
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If the vehicle becomes stuck
■When it is difficult to free the vehicle
Carry out the following procedures if the tires spin or the vehicle
becomes stuck in mud, dirt or snow:
Set the parking brake, change the shift position to P and
stop the EV system.
Remove the mud, snow or sand from around the front
wheels.
Place wood, stones or some other material under the front
wheels to help provide traction.
Restart the EV system.
Make sure to change the shift position to D or R, release
the parking brake, and then carefully apply the accelerator
to free the vehicle.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
5
Press the VSC OFF switch to turn off
TRAC.
478
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
■When attempting to free a stuck vehicle
If you choose to push the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the sur-
rounding area is clear to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or people. The
vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes free.
Use extreme caution.
■When changing the shift position
Be careful not to change the shift position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
■To avoid damage to the transmission and other components
●Avoid spinning the wheels and depressing the accelerator pedal more
than necessary.
●If the vehicle remains stuck even after these procedures are performed,
the vehicle may require towing to be freed.
5
When trouble arises
479
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If your vehicle has to be stopped in an emergency
CAUTION
■If the EV system has to be turned off while driving
Power assist for the steering wheel will be lost, making the steering wheel
heavier to turn. Decelerate as much as possible before turning off the EV
system.
Only in an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop the
vehicle in the normal way, stop the vehicle using the following pro-
cedure:
Steadily step on the brake pedal with both feet and firmly
depress it.
Do not pump the brake pedal repeatedly as this will increase the
effort required to slow the vehicle.
Shift the shift position to N.
If the shift position is changed to N
After slowing down, stop the vehicle in a safe place by the
road.
Stop the EV system.
If the shift position cannot be changed to N
Keep depressing the brake pedal with both feet to reduce
vehicle speed as much as possible.
To stop the EV system, press
and hold the “POWER” switch
for 2 consecutive seconds or
more, or press it briefly 3
times or more in succession.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
STEP
1
STEP
2
STEP
3
STEP
4
STEP
3
STEP
4
Press and hold for 2 seconds or more,
or press briefly 3 times or more
STEP
5
480
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Vehicle specifications 6
481
6-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fluid capacity, etc.)........ 482
Tire information................ 489
6-2. Customization
Customizable features ..... 500
6-3. Initialization
Items to initialize .............. 503
482
6-1. Specifications
Maintenance data (fluid capacity, etc.)
Dimensions and weights
*: Unladen vehicle
Overall length 180.1 in. (4575 mm)
Overall width 71.5 in. (1815 mm)
Overall height* 66.3 in. (1685 mm)
Wheelbase 104.7 in. (2660 mm)
Front tread 61.4 in. (1560 mm)
Rear tread 61.4 in. (1560 mm)
Vehicle capacity weight
(Occupants + luggage) 880 lb. (395 kg)
483
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
Vehicle identification
■Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for your
vehicle. This is the primary identification number for your Toyota. It is
used in registering the ownership of your vehicle.
This number is stamped on the
top left of the instrument panel.
This number is also on the Certi-
fication Label.
484
6-1. Specifications
Traction motor
Traction battery
Type AC Induction
Type Lithium-ion battery
Overall voltage (Reference) 386 V
485
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
Cooling system
■Motor coolant
■Heater coolant
*1:The capacity is a reference quantity. If replacement is necessary, contact
your Toyota dealer.
*2:The dilution ratio for both “Zerex G 48” and “Glysantin G 48” is 50% coolant
and 50% deionized water.
Capacity (Reference)*16.1 qt. (5.8 L, 5.1 Imp. qt.)
Coolant type “Zerex G 48” or “Glysantin G 48” only *2
Capacity (Reference)*11.6 qt. (1.5 L, 1.3 Imp. qt.)
Coolant type
Use either of the following:
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
• A similar high-quality ethylene glycol-
based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite,
and non-borate coolant with long-life
hybrid organic acid technology
Do not use plain water alone.
486
6-1. Specifications
Electrical system
Transmission
*: The capacity is a reference quantity. If replacement is necessary, contact
your Toyota dealer.
12-volt battery
Open voltage* at 68F (20C):
12.6 12.8 V Fully charged
12.2 12.4 V Half charged
11.8 12.0 V Discharged
(*: Voltage is checked 20 minutes
after the EV system and all the lights
are turned off)
Charging rates 5 A max.
Fluid capacity (Reference)* 1.26 qt. (1.2 L, 1.05 Imp. qt.)
Fluid type Mobil Dexron VI
NOTICE
■Transmission fluid type
Using transmission fluid other than “Mobil Dexron VI” may cause deteriora-
tion in transmission performance, durability, and ultimately damage the
transmission of your vehicle.
487
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
Brakes
*1: Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 110 lbf (490 N,
50 kgf) while the EV system is operating
*2: Parking brake lever travel when pulled up with a force of 45 lbf (200 N, 21
kgf)
Steering
Pedal clearance*11.7 in. (44 mm)
Pedal free play 0.04 0.12 in. (1 3 mm)
Brake pad wear limit 0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
Parking brake lining wear limit 0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
Parking brake lever travel*29 11 clicks
Fluid type SAE J1703 or FMVSS No. 116 DOT 3
Free play Less than 1.2 in. (30 mm)
488
6-1. Specifications
Tires and wheels
Light bulbs
A: HB3 halogen bulbs B: Wedge base bulbs (clear)
C: Wedge base bulbs (amber) D: Double end bulbs
Tire size 225/65R17 101H
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)
Front: 32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Rear: 32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Wheel size 17 7 J
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
Light bulbs Bulb No. WType
Exterior
Headlights
High beam 9005 60 A
Front turn signal
3457NAK
28/8 C
Rear side marker lights W5W 5 B
Rear turn signal lights 7440 21 C
Back-up lights 921 18 B
License plate lights W5W 5 B
Interior
Vanity lights 8B
Front personal lights 8B
Interior light 8D
Luggage compartment light 5D
489
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
Tire information
Typical tire symbols
Tire size (P. 491)
Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure (P. 368)
Maximum cold tire inflation pressure (P. 488)
This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated.
Tire ply composition and materials
Plies are layers of rubber-coated parallel cords. Cords are the
strands which form the plies in a tire.
Location of treadwear indicators (P. 366)
Uniform tire quality grading
For details, see “Uniform tire quality grading” that follows.
DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN) (P. 490)
Radial tires or bias-ply tires
A radial tire has “RADIAL” on the sidewall. A tire not marked
“RADIAL” is a bias-ply tire.
TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE
A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly filled in the
tire. A tube type tire has a tube inside the tire and the tube main-
tains the air pressure.
490
6-1. Specifications
Typical DOT and tire identification number (TIN)
DOT symbol*
Tire Identification Number
(TIN)
Tire manufacturer's identifica-
tion mark
Tire size code
Manufacturer's optional tire
type code (3 or 4 letters)
Manufacturing week
Manufacturing year
*: The DOT symbol certifies that
the tire conforms to applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards.
Summer tire or all season tire (P. 369)
An all season tire has “M+S” on the sidewall. A tire not marked
“M+S” is a summer tire.
491
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
Tire size
■Typical tire size information
The illustration indicates typical
tire size.
Tire use
(P = Passenger car,
T = Temporary use)
Section width (millimeters)
Aspect ratio
(tire height to section width)
Tire construction code
(R = Radial, D = Diagonal)
Wheel diameter (inches)
Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)
Speed symbol
(alphabet with one letter)
■Tire dimensions
Section width
Tire height
Wheel diameter
492
6-1. Specifications
Tire section names
Bead
Sidewall
Shoulder
Tread
Belt
Inner liner
Reinforcing rubber
Carcass
Rim lines
Bead wires
Chafer
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
This information has been prepared in accordance with regulations
issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the
U.S. Department of Transportation.
It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota
vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as
you read this information.
■DOT quality grades
All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety
Requirements in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be
found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
493
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
■ Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a speci-
fied government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (1 - 1/2)
times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due
to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
■Traction AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C,
and they represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled conditions on specified government
test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking
(straight ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turn-
ing) traction.
■Temperature A, B, C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, represent-
ing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to
dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a speci-
fied indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure.
The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passen-
ger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-
dard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labo-
ratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
494
6-1. Specifications
Warning: The temperature grades for this tire are established for a
tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either sepa-
rately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire fail-
ure.
Glossary of tire terminology
Tire related term Meaning
Cold tire inflation pres-
sure
Tire pressure when the vehicle has been
parked for three hours or more, or has not
been driven more than 1 mile or 1.5 km under
that condition
Maximum inflation
pressure
The maximum cold inflated pressure to which a
tire may be inflated, shown on the sidewall of
the tire
Recommended infla-
tion pressure Cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a
manufacturer
Accessory weight
The combined weight (in excess of those stan-
dard items which may be replaced) of auto-
matic transmission, power steering, power
brakes, power windows, power seats, radio
and heater, to the extent that these items are
available as factory-installed equipment
(whether installed or not)
Curb weight
The weight of a motor vehicle with standard
equipment, including the maximum capacity of
fuel, oil (for electric vehicle, traction battery)
and coolant, and if so equipped, air condition-
ing and additional weight optional engine (for
electric vehicle, traction motor)
Maximum loaded vehi-
cle weight
The sum of:
(a) Curb weight
(b) Accessory weight
(c) Vehicle capacity weight
(d) Production options weight
495
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
Tire related term Meaning
Normal occupant
weight
150 lb. (68 kg) times the number of occupants
specified in the second column of Table 1* that
follows
Occupant distribution Distribution of occupants in a vehicle as speci-
fied in the third column of Table 1* below
Production options
weight
The combined weight of installed regular pro-
duction options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in
excess of the standard items which they
replace, not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty
12-volt battery, and special trim
Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire beads are seated
Rim diameter
(Wheel diameter) Nominal diameter of the bead seat
Rim size designation Rim diameter and width
Rim type designation The industry manufacturer's designation for a
rim by style or code
Rim width Nominal distance between rim flanges
Vehicle capacity
weight (Total load
capacity)
The rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lb.
(68 kg) times the vehicle's designated seating
capacity
Vehicle maximum load
on the tire
The load on an individual tire that is determined
by distributing to each axle its share of the
maximum loaded vehicle weight, and dividing
by two
Vehicle normal load
on the tire
The load on an individual tire that is determined
by distributing to each axle its share of curb
weight, accessory weight, and normal occu-
pant weight (distributed in accordance with
Table 1* below), and dividing by two
496
6-1. Specifications
Tire related term Meaning
Weather side The surface area of the rim not covered by the
inflated tire
Bead The part of the tire that is made of steel wires,
wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is
shaped to fit the rim
Bead separation A breakdown of the bond between components
in the bead
Bias ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at alternate angles
substantially less than 90 degrees to the cen-
terline of the tread
Carcass The tire structure, except tread and sidewall
rubber which, when inflated, bears the load
Chunking The breaking away of pieces of the tread or
sidewall
Cord The strands forming the plies in the tire
Cord separation The parting of cords from adjacent rubber com-
pounds
Cracking Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or inner-
liner of the tire extending to cord material
CT
A pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire
and rim system in which the rim is designed
with rim flanges pointed radially inward and the
tire is designed to fit on the underside of the
rim in a manner that encloses the rim flanges
inside the air cavity of the tire
Extra load tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corre-
sponding standard tire
Groove The space between two adjacent tread ribs
Innerliner The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a
tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium
within the tire
497
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
Tire related term Meaning
Innerliner separation The parting of the innerliner from cord material
in the carcass
Intended outboard
sidewall
(a) The sidewall that contains a whitewall,
bears white lettering, or bears manufac-
turer, brand, and/or model name molding
that is higher or deeper than the same
molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or
(b) The outward facing sidewall of an asym-
metrical tire that has a particular side that
must always face outward when mounted
on a vehicle
Light truck (LT) tire A tire designated by its manufacturer as prima-
rily intended for use on lightweight trucks or
multipurpose passenger vehicles
Load rating The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry
for a given inflation pressure
Maximum load rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per-
missible inflation pressure for that tire
Maximum permissible
inflation pressure The maximum cold inflation pressure to which
a tire may be inflated
Measuring rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical
dimension requirements
Open splice Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall, or
innerliner that extends to cord material
Outer diameter The overall diameter of an inflated new tire
Overall width
The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including eleva-
tions due to labeling, decorations, or protective
bands or ribs
Passenger car tire
A tire intended for use on passenger cars, mul-
tipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks, that
have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of
10,000 lb. or less.
498
6-1. Specifications
Tire related term Meaning
Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords
Ply separation A parting of rubber compound between adja-
cent plies
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber, chemi-
cals, fabric and steel or other materials, that,
when mounted on an automotive wheel, pro-
vides the traction and contains the gas or fluid
that sustains the load
Radial ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90
degrees to the centerline of the tread
Reinforced tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corre-
sponding standard tire
Section width
The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding ele-
vations due to labeling, decoration, or protec-
tive bands
Sidewall That portion of a tire between the tread and
bead
Sidewall separation The parting of the rubber compound from the
cord material in the sidewall
Snow tire
A tire that attains a traction index equal to or
greater than 110, compared to the ASTM
E-1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when
using the snow traction test as described in
ASTM F-1805-00, Standard Test Method for
Single Wheel Driving Traction in a Straight Line
on Snow-and Ice-Covered Surfaces, and which
is marked with an Alpine Symbol ( ) on at
least one sidewall
Test rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and
may be any rim listed as appropriate for use
with that tire
499
6-1. Specifications
6
Vehicle specifications
*:Table 1 Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load
for various designated seating capacities
Tire related term Meaning
Tread That portion of a tire that comes into contact
with the road
Tread rib A tread section running circumferentially
around a tire
Tread separation Pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass
Treadwear indicators
(TWI)
The projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the
degrees of wear of the tread
Wheel-holding fixture The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire
assembly securely during testing
Designated seating
capacity, Number of
occupants
Vehicle normal load,
Number of occupants
Occupant distribution in
a normally loaded vehi-
cle
2 through 4 2 2 in front
5 through 10 3 2 in front, 1 in second
seat
11 through 15 5 2 in front, 1 in second
seat, 1 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat
16 through 20 7 2 in front, 2 in second
seat, 2 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat
500
6-2. Customization
Customizable features
Item Function Default setting Customized
setting
Smart key
system
(P. 96)
Smart key system On Off
Operation signal
(Emergency flashers) On Off
Operation signal
(Buzzer) On Off
Wireless
remote con-
trol
(P. 108)
Wireless remote control On Off
Unlocking operation
Driver's door
unlocked in one
step, all doors
unlocked in two
steps
All doors
unlocked in one
step
Automatic door lock
function to be activated
if door is not opened
after being unlocked
On Off
Time elapsed before
automatic door lock
function is activated if
door is not opened after
being unlocked
60 seconds
30 seconds
120 seconds
Operation signal
(Emergency flashers) On Off
Door lock buzzer On Off
Operation signal
(Buzzer) On Off
Your vehicle includes a variety of electronic features that can be
personalized to your preferences. Programming these preferences
requires specialized equipment and may be performed by your
Toyota dealer.
Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other functions
being customized. Contact your Toyota dealer.
501
6-2. Customization
6
Vehicle specifications
Door lock
(P. 110,
468)
Unlocking using a key
Driver's door
unlocked in one
step, all doors
unlocked in two
steps
All doors
unlocked in one
step
Automatic
light control
system
(P. 234)
Light sensor sensitivity Level 3 Level 1 to 5
Time elapsed before
headlights automati-
cally turn off after doors
are closed
30 seconds
0 second
60 seconds
90 seconds
Lights
(P. 234)
Daytime running light
system On Off
Illumination
(P. 293)
Time elapsed before
lights turn off 15 seconds 7.5 seconds
30 seconds
Operation when the
doors are unlocked On Off
Operation after the
“POWER” switch is
turned off
On Off
Footwell lights On Off
Seat belt
reminder
(P. 419)
Vehicle speed linked
seat belt reminder
buzzer
On Off
Item Function Default setting Customized
setting
502
6-2. Customization
Navigation system*
Settings that can be changed using the navigation system
*: Refer to “Navigation System Owner’s Manual”.
Available languages English, French and Spanish
Available units miles (miles/kWh), km (km/kWh)
503
6
Vehicle specifications
6-3. Initialization
Items to initialize
Item When to initialize Reference
Power window After reconnecting or changing the
12-volt battery P. 147
The following items must be initialized for normal system operation
in cases such as after the 12-volt battery is reconnected, or mainte-
nance is performed on the vehicle.
504
6-3. Initialization
For owners 7
505
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners.............. 506
506
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)
in addition to notifying Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll-free:
1-800-331-4331).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation,
and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it
may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA can-
not become involved in individual problems between you, your
dealer, or Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA,
1200 New Jersey Ave, S.E., Washington, DC 20590. You can
also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
Index
507
Abbreviation list ..................... 508
Alphabetical index.................. 509
What to do if... ........................ 518
For details of equipment related to the navigation sys-
tem and such as the audio system, refer to the “Naviga-
tion System Owner's Manual”.
508
Abbreviation list
Abbreviation/Acronym list
ABBREVIATIONS MEANING
A/C Air Conditioning
ABS Anti-lock Brake System
ALR Automatic Locking Retractor
CRS Child Restraint System
DISP Display
ECU Electronic Control Unit
EDR Event Data Recorder
ELR Emergency Locking Retractor
EPS Electric Power Steering
EV Electric Vehicle
GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating
GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
LED Light Emitting Diode
M+S Mud and Snow
SOC State of Charge
SRS Supplemental Restraint System
TIN Tire Identification Number
TPMS Tire Pressure Warning System
TRAC Traction control
VIN Vehicle Identification Number
VSC Vehicle Stability Control
509
Alphabetical index
Alphabetical index
A/C............................................ 276
ABS........................................... 251
Active head restraints............. 120
Air conditioning filter.............. 381
Air conditioning system
Air conditioning filter............. 381
Automatic air
conditioning system ........... 276
Pre-climate ..................... 53, 277
Remote Climate
Control ......................... 53, 277
Airbags
Airbag operating
conditions................... 156, 157
Airbag precautions for
your child............................ 161
Airbag warning light.............. 418
Curtain shield airbag
operating conditions........... 157
Curtain shield airbag
precautions ........................ 161
Front passenger occupant
classification system .......... 166
General airbag
precautions ........................ 161
Locations of airbags ............. 154
Modification and disposal of
airbags ............................... 165
Proper driving
posture....................... 152, 161
Side airbag operating
conditions........................... 157
Side airbag precautions........ 161
SRS airbags ......................... 154
Anti-lock brake system........... 251
Armrest .................................... 313
Assist grips.............................. 315
Automatic air
conditioning system............. 276
Automatic light control
system ................................... 234
Auxiliary box........................... 302
Back-up lights
Replacing light bulbs.............400
Wattage.................................488
Back door
Back door..............................113
Smart key system....................96
Wireless remote control ........108
Battery
Checking (12-volt battery).....362
If the vehicle 12-volt battery
is discharged.......................470
Lithium-ion battery...................34
Preparing and checking
before winter .......................268
Traction battery .......................32
Bottle holder.............................300
Brake assist..............................251
Brakes
Fluid ......................................361
Parking brake........................216
Break-in tips .............................191
Care
Exterior..................................334
Interior...................................337
Seat belts ..............................338
Cargo capacity .........................267
Cargo hooks.............................317
Chains.......................................268
Charging
Charge immediately ..........53, 64
Charge mode ..........................58
Charging cable........................47
Charging equipment................46
Charging indicator...................59
Charging messages ..............443
Charging precautions..............84
Charging procedure ...............53
Charging time will increase
when .....................................79
A
B
C
510
Alphabetical index
How to charge your vehicle.....53
High voltage components........32
Information related to
charging display....................74
Maintenance............................92
Power sources precautions.....52
Power sources that can be
used......................................50
Pre-Climate .............................53
Remote Climate
Control ..........................53, 277
Safety functions.................48, 82
When charging cannot be
carried out.............................88
Charging port door ....................46
Charging station
information.............................520
Child restraint system
Booster seats, definition........172
Booster seats, installation .....176
Convertible seats,
definition .............................172
Convertible seats,
installation...........................176
Front passenger occupant
classification system...........166
Infant seats, definition ...........172
Infant seats, installation.........176
Installing CRS with a top
tether strap..........................183
Installing CRS with
LATCH anchors ..................178
Installing CRS with seat
belts ....................................180
Child safety
Airbag precautions................161
Child restraint system............172
Child-protectors.....................111
How your child should wear
the seat belt ........................135
Installing child restraints........176
Power window lock switch.....146
Power window precautions ...148
Removed key battery
precautions .........................384
Seat belt extender
precautions .........................138
Seat belt precautions ............136
Seat heater precautions........312
12-volt battery
precautions.................363, 473
Child-protectors.......................111
Cleaning
Exterior..................................334
Interior...................................337
Seat belts..............................338
Coat hooks ...............................314
Condenser................................360
Console box .............................298
Cooling system
Overheating ..........................475
Cruise control ..........................243
Cup holders..............................299
Curtain shield airbags.............154
Customizable features ............500
Daytime running light
system....................................236
Daytime running lights
Replacing light bulb...............400
Switch ...................................234
Defogger
Rear window .........................292
Side mirrors...........................292
Dimensions ..............................482
Dinghy towing..........................274
Display
Multi-information display .......227
Trip information.....................227
Do-it-yourself maintenance ....346
Door courtesy lights
Door courtesy lights ..............293
Wattage.................................488
D
511
Alphabetical index
Doors
Back door ............................. 113
Door lock ........................ 96, 108
Door window......................... 146
Rear door child protector...... 111
Side doors ............................ 110
Side mirrors.......................... 143
Driver's seat belt reminder
light ........................................ 419
Driving
Break-in tips ......................... 191
Correct posture..................... 152
Procedures........................... 190
Winter driving tips................. 268
Electric power steering........... 251
Electric vehicle.......................... 26
Electronic key
If your electronic key
battery is discharged.......... 468
Emergency flasher
Switch................................... 412
Emergency tire puncture
repair kit................................. 447
Emergency, in case of
If a warning buzzer
sounds... ........................... 417
If a warning light turns
on....................................... 417
If a warning message is
displayed............................ 427
If the electronic key does
not operate properly........... 468
If the EV (Electric Vehicle)
system will not start............ 465
If the vehicle 12-volt
battery is discharged.......... 470
If you have a flat tire ............ 447
If you lose your keys............. 467
If you think something is
wrong ................................. 416
If your vehicle becomes
stuck................................... 477
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an
emergency..........................479
If your vehicle needs to be
towed ..................................413
If your vehicle overheats.......475
Energy monitor
Past record screen..................40
Trip information screen ...........38
EPS............................................251
EV (Electric Vehicle) system
Charging..................................53
Driving tips ..............................41
Emergency shut off system.....33
Energy monitor/
consumption screen..............38
EV System Indicator..............221
EV (Electric Vehicle) system
precautions ...........................32
High voltage components........32
How to start the EV system...200
If the EV (Electric Vehicle)
system will not start ............465
“POWER” switch ...................200
Vehicle Proximity
Notification System...............31
Event data recorder ...................19
Extended charge mode .............58
Floor mat...................................316
Fluid
Brake.....................................361
Washer..................................365
Front passenger occupant
classification system ............166
Front passenger's seat belt
reminder light.........................419
Front seats
Adjustment ............................118
Front side marker lights
Switch....................................234
E
F
512
Alphabetical index
Front turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs.............400
Wattage.................................488
Fuses.........................................385
Garage door opener.................320
Gauges......................................218
Glove box..................................297
Grocery bag hooks ..................317
Hazard lights
Switch....................................412
Head restraints
Adjusting ..............................127
Headlight aim ...........................398
Headlights
Replacing light bulbs.............400
Switch....................................234
Wattage.................................488
Heater coolant
Capacity ................................485
Checking ...............................359
Preparing and checking
before winter.......................268
Heaters
Seat heaters..........................310
Side mirrors...........................292
Hill-start assist control............251
Hood..........................................349
Hooks
Cargo hook............................317
Grocery bag ..........................317
Horn...........................................217
Identification
Motor.....................................483
Tire........................................489
Vehicle ..................................483
Illuminated entry system.........295
Immobilizer system .................149
Indicator lights.........................223
Initialization
Items to initialize ...................503
Inside rear view mirror ............141
Interior light
Switch ...................................295
Wattage.................................488
Jack
Jack stand.............................352
Positioning a floor jack..........351
Positioning a jack stand ........352
Keyless entry ...........................108
Keys
Electronic key..........................94
If the electronic key does
not operate properly ...........468
If you lose your keys .............467
Key battery............................383
Key number.............................94
Keyless entry ........................108
Keys........................................94
Mechanical key .......................94
“POWER” switch...................202
Wireless remote control
key......................................108
G
H
I
J
K
513
Alphabetical index
License plate lights
Replacing light bulbs ............ 400
Wattage................................ 488
Light bulbs
Replacing ............................. 400
Wattage................................ 488
Lights
Door courtesy lights.............. 293
Emergency flasher switch .... 412
Hazard light switch ............... 412
Headlight switch................... 234
Interior light switch........ 294, 295
Luggage compartment
light .................................... 295
Personal light switch............. 294
Replacing light bulbs ............ 400
Turn signal lever................... 215
Vanity lights.......................... 305
Wattage................................ 488
Load capacity .......................... 267
Lock steering column............. 204
Luggage compartment light
Switch................................... 295
Wattage................................ 488
Maintenance
Do-it-yourself
maintenance .......................346
General maintenance............342
Maintenance data..................482
Maintenance requirements....340
Meter
Instrument panel light
control.................................219
Meters ...................................218
Mirrors
Inside rear view mirror...........141
Side mirror heaters................292
Side mirrors...........................143
Vanity mirrors........................305
Motor
Compartment ........................355
Hood......................................349
Identification number.............483
Motor compartment cover.......356
Motor coolant
Capacity ................................485
Checking ...............................357
Preparing and checking
before winter .......................268
Multi-information display ........227
Navigation system screen
operations ................................44
Touch ......................................44
Double Tap..............................44
Drag ........................................44
Flick.........................................44
Noise specific to an electric
vehicle ......................................30
Normal charge mode .................58
L
M
N
514
Alphabetical index
Odometer..................................218
Opener
Charging port door ..................59
Hood......................................349
Outside rear view mirrors
Adjusting and folding.............143
Defogger ...............................292
Overheat ...................................475
Parking brake ...........................216
Parking lights
Replacing light bulbs.............400
Switch....................................234
Personal/interior lights
Switch....................................294
Wattage.................................488
Power outlet .............................306
“POWER” switch......................200
Power windows........................146
Pre-climate (Remote Climate
Control)
Pre-climate......................53, 277
Pre-climate schedule...............53
Remote Climate
Control ..........................53, 277
Radiator ....................................360
Range map .................................28
Rear seat
Adjustment............................121
Folding down.........................122
Rear side marker lights
Replacing light bulb...............400
Switch ...................................234
Wattage.................................488
Rear turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs.............400
Wattage.................................488
Rear view monitor system ......247
Rear window defogger ............292
Rear window wiper ..................241
Regenerative braking ..........27, 29
Remote Climate Control
system......................................53
Replacing
Fuses ....................................385
Key battery............................383
Light bulbs.............................400
Tires......................................366
Reporting safety defects for
U.S. owners............................506
O
P
R
515
Alphabetical index
Safety Connect........................ 326
Seat belts
Adjusting the seat belt.......... 131
Automatic Locking
Retractor ............................ 134
Child restraint system
installation.......................... 176
Cleaning and maintaining
the seat belts...................... 338
Emergency Locking
Retractor ............................ 120
How to wear your seat belt... 131
How your child should wear
the seat belt ....................... 135
Pregnant women,
proper seat belt use ........... 136
Reminder light ...................... 419
Seat belt extenders .............. 135
Seat belt pretensioners ........ 134
Seat heaters............................. 310
Seating capacity...................... 267
Seats
Adjustment ................... 118, 121
Adjustment
precaution .................. 120, 125
Child seats/child restraint
system installation.............. 176
Cleaning ............................... 337
Head restraints..................... 127
Properly sitting in the seat.... 152
Seat heaters......................... 310
Service reminder
indicators .............................. 223
Shift lever
Transmission........................ 206
Side airbags............................. 154
Side marker lights
Replacing light bulbs ............ 400
Switch................................... 234
Wattage................................ 488
Side mirrors
Adjusting and folding............ 143
Side turn signal lights
Replacing light bulb...............400
Wattage.................................488
Smart key system
Entry function ..........................96
Starting the EV system..........200
“SOS” button............................326
Specifications...........................482
Speedometer ............................218
Steering
Column lock release..............204
Steering wheel
Adjustment ............................140
Stop lights
Replacing light bulbs.............400
Storage feature.........................296
Storage precautions ................265
Stuck
If your vehicle becomes
stuck ...................................477
Sun visors.................................304
Switch
Cruise control........................243
“DISP” switch ........................227
Emergency flasher switch .....412
Hazard light switch................412
Light switches........................234
Power door lock switch .........110
“POWER” switch ...................200
Power window switches ........146
SPORT mode switch.............208
VSC OFF switch....................252
Window lock switch...............146
Wiper and washer
switch..........................238, 241
S
516
Alphabetical index
Tail lights
Replacing light bulbs.............400
Switch....................................234
Theft deterrent system
Immobilizer system ...............149
Theft prevention labels............151
Tire inflation pressure .............374
Tire information
Glossary................................494
Size .......................................491
Tire identification number......490
Uniform tire quality
grading................................492
Tires
Chains...................................268
Checking ...............................366
If you have a flat tire..............447
Inflation pressure...................374
Information ............................489
Replacing ..............................366
Rotating tires.........................366
Size .......................................488
Snow tires .............................268
Tire pressure warning
system ........................366, 419
Total load capacity...................267
Towing
Dinghy towing........................274
Emergency towing.................413
Trailer towing.........................273
Traction control........................251
Traction battery coolant
Checking ...............................357
Preparing and checking
before winter.......................268
TRAC.........................................251
Transmission
P position switch ...................209
Transmission.........................206
Trip information .......................227
Trip meter .................................218
Turn signal lights
Replacing light bulbs.............400
Switch ...................................215
Wattage.................................488
Utility vehicle precautions ......258
Vanity lights
Vanity lights...........................305
Wattage.................................488
Vanity mirrors ..........................305
Vehicle data recordings ............19
Vehicle identification
number ...................................483
Vehicle Stability Control .........251
VSC ...........................................251
Warning buzzers
Brake system ........................417
Electric power steering
system ................................418
Key reminder.........................440
Master warning .....................419
Open door.............................419
Output control warning..........419
Seat belt reminder.................419
T
U
V
W
517
Alphabetical index
Warning lights
Anti-lock brake system ......... 418
Brake assist system ............. 418
Brake system........................ 417
Electric power steering......... 418
Master warning..................... 419
Open door ............................ 419
Output control warning ......... 419
Plug-in indicator.................... 419
Pretensioners ....................... 418
Seat belt reminder light ........ 419
Slip indicator light ................. 418
SOC (State of Charge)
warning .............................. 419
SRS airbags ......................... 418
Tire pressure warning light... 419
12-volt battery charging
system................................ 418
Warning messages ................. 427
Washer
Checking .............................. 365
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 268
Switch........................... 238, 241
Washing and waxing............... 334
Weight
Cargo capacity ..................... 263
Load limits ............................ 267
Weight .................................. 482
Wheels...................................... 378
Window glasses ..................... 146
Window lock switch................ 146
Windows
Power windows .................... 146
Rear window defogger ......... 292
Washer......................... 238, 241
Windshield wipers................... 238
Wireless remote control key
Replacing the battery ........... 383
Wireless remote control
key ..................................... 108
518
What to do if...
What to do if...
A tire punctures
P. 447 If you have a flat tire
The EV system does not start
P. 465 If the EV system will not start
P. 149 Immobilizer system
P. 470 If the 12-volt battery is discharged
Steam can be seen coming
from under the hood
P. 475 If your vehicle overheats
The key is lost
P. 467 If you lose your keys
The 12-volt battery runs out
P. 470 If the 12-volt battery is discharged
The doors cannot be locked
P. 110 Side doors
P. 113 Back door
The vehicle is stuck in
mud or sand
P. 477 If the vehicle becomes stuck
A warning light or indicator light
comes on
P. 417 If a warning light turns on or a
warning buzzer sounds...
519
What to do if...
■Warning lights
P. 417 P. 418
P. 418 P. 419
P. 418 P. 418
P. 419 P. 419
P. 418 P. 418
P. 419 P. 419
P. 419 P. 418
P. 419
P. 419
*1: The light flashes to indicate a malfunction.
*2: Both lights flash quickly for 10 seconds to indicate that the system is
malfunctioning.
Brake system warning
light
Cruise control indicator
light*1
12-volt battery charging sys-
tem warning light
Master warning light
SRS warning light
Electric power steering sys-
tem warning light
Open door warning light
Driver’s/front passenger’s seat
belt reminder light
Brake system warning light
(yellow indicator)
“ABS” warning light
SOC (State of Charge)
warning light
Tire pressure warning
light
Output control warning
light
Slip indicator light
Plug-in indicator (yel-
low indicator)
Charging
indicator*2
520
CHARGING STATION INFORMATION
Auxiliary catch lever
P. 349
Charging port door
P. 59
Hood release lever
P. 349
Charging port door opener
P. 59
Tire inflation pressure
P. 488
*: Gives an estimation of the amount of time needed to charge fully
from an EV driving range of 0 mile (0 km).
For the charge procedure, refer to “Charging and pre-climate
(Remote Climate Control) procedures” in section 1 (P. 53).
Handling may differ in accordance with the type of plug provided at
the charging station. Check at each station.
Power sources AC120 V, 240 V electrical receptacles
(NEMA 5-15R or NEMA 5-20R)
Charger type AC charger (SAE J1772 level1/level2)
Time needed for charging*P. 78
Traction battery type Lithium-ion battery
Cold tire inflation
pressure P. 488
